PLS20319 © Knoll, Inc. All rights reserved.Printed in the United States on paper that contains
50% recycled content and 15% post consumer waste.
Knoll, Inc.P.O. Box 1571235 Water StreetEast Greenville, PA 18041
knoll.com
Price List March 2019
Series 2
Series 2 Price L
ist January 2018
Table of Contents
Introduction Knoll and Sustainable Design 2Series 2 Storage Overview Series 2 Pedestals 3
Series 2 Credenzas 4Series 2 Overhead Storage 6Series 2 Storage Towers 10
Series 2 Storage Finish Selections Series 2 Storage Finish Selections 11Legacy Finishes 13Series 2 Storage Finishes 14
Series 2 Dividends Front Storage Pedestals Steel Front - Recessed Pull 15Pedestals Steel Front - Series 2 Pull 18Overhead Storage Steel Front with Dividends Mounting Brackets 21Storage Towers Steel Front - Recessed Pull 24Storage Towers Steel Front - Series 2 Pull 45
Series 2 Template Front Storage Pedestals Laminate and Veneer Front - Template Pull 66Storage Towers Laminate and Veneer Front - Template Pull 69Pedestals Open and Steel Front - Template Pull 78Credenzas Open, Steel and Laminate Front - Template Pull 81Storage Towers Steel Front - Template Pull 88
Series 2 Storage for Reff Panels Steel Overhead Storage with Reff Mounting Brackets 107Accessories Pedestals Accessories 109
Overhead Storage Accessories 111Storage Tower Accessories 113
Universal Privacy Screen andModesty Panel
Dividends Horizon 119Template 127
Wall Mounting of Knoll Products 135
Alpha-Numeric Index 137
Selling Policy 140
KnollKey Lock Program 142
General Ordering Information 143
Series 2 Storage
PLS211191
Copyright � 2019 Knoll, Inc.All rights reserved.All prices effective 03/15/2019.
Knoll and Sustainable Design
Each year Knoll sets key initiatives in the journey to sustainability. Focused on our impact to people and planet, Knoll reports materialhealth product attributes and sets operational targets to reduce greenhouse gas emissions, waste generation and water use (in our NorthAmerican facilities.)
Material transparency is a core Knoll sustainable design value, enabling us to optimize the design and performance of our products.Our material health program utilizes independent third-party certifications that provide an impartial and trustworthy foundation forindustry-wide transparency. Certification by respected third parties ensures that all manufacturers are held to the same high standards.Knoll certifications include: Forest Stewardship Council (FSC�), Intertek’s Clean Air Program, Business and Institutional FurnitureManufacturer’s Association (BIFMA) LEVEL� certification, International Living Institute’s (ILFI) Declare labelling and CertifiedEnvironmental Product Declarations. In addition, Knoll is aligned with the U.S. Green Building Council and can help organizationsachieve credits for Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (LEED�), WELL and the Living Building Challenge (LBC) buildingcertifications.
In our manufacturing operations, we focus on efficiency and impact. Knoll Office and Knoll Europe manufacturing locations are ISO14001:2015 certified. We have also achieved year-over-year increases in the amount of waste diverted from landfills and havecontributed to greenhouse gas emissions reductions through individual site efforts. These initiatives are part of a long-term strategy tofurther reduce energy consumption and lower our carbon footprint.
We also believe in helping our customers find viable options when decommissioning furniture or other related assets. ANEW’s FullCircle Program, in partnership with Knoll, allows customers to leverage buy-back and re-sale programs as well as explore options forrepurposing or recycling that mitigate landfill impact through energy-from-waste conversion.
For more information about Knoll and sustainable design, visit www.knoll.com/environment.
2
Series 2 PedestalsFloorstanding, Doublewide, Mobile - Specifications
Series 2 Floorstanding PedestalsSeries 2 floorstanding pedestals areused to support worksurfaces inboth panel wrapped andfreestanding applications. Nocantilevers or other supports arerequired at the end of theworksurface supported by apedestal.
Two drawer configurations areavailable: box/box/file and file/ file.Pedestals are available with orwithout locks.
The Series 2, 24� deep pedestalcome standard without a back. Inpanel applications or infreestanding desking applicationswhere the desk is against the wall,a back is not necessary.
In desking applications where theback of the case is exposed, anoptional back case is used toconceal the pedestals contents.
The 18� and 30� deep Series 2pedestals include a back with eachcase.
Available Sizes (Nominal)Depths: 18�, 24� and 30�Width: 15�Height: 267/8�
Series 2 Doublewide PedestalsThe doublewide pedestalincorporates two 12� high drawersin a 30� or 36� width (183/4� depth)and is intended for belowworksurface applications only. Thedoublewide’s design allows forside-to-side letter or legal filing andfront-to-back letter filing.
Doublewide pedestals cannot beused with 18� deep worksurfaces.
Available Sizes: (Nominal)Depth: 183/4�Width: 30� and 36�Height: 267/8�
File drawer (doublewide pedestal)• Internal height: 93/4�• Internal width: 263/4� and 323/4�• Internal depth: 153/4�
ConstructionPedestal specifications:• Outer wrapper: 20-gauge steel• Drawer front: 20-gauge steel
(double wide front: 18-gauge)• Pedestal back: 20-gauge• 7/8 extension ball bearing (full
extension available as an option)• Full extension ball bearing• Leveling glides: 3/8� diameter
steel stem with 11/2�of heightadjustment (double wide ped:5/16� diameter steel stem with a 19/16� of height adjustment
LocksSeries 2 pedestals can be orderedwith or without locks. Note,Individual locking drawers are notavailable.
Locks are randomly keyed unlessotherwise specified. Other keyingoptions include keyed alike orkeyed with lock cores K001-K250.All locks are factory-installed andhave a black finish.
24� Deep CasesInternal Drawer DimensionsBox drawer• Internal height: 45/16�• Internal width: 121/16�• Internal depths: 183/8�File drawer• Internal height: 91/4�• Internal width: 121/16�• Internal depths: 183/8�
Pedestal AccessoriesAll Series 2 pedestal accessoriesincluding the hanging file channelmust be specified separately. Seepage 109 for accessories.
Mobile PedestalsSeries 2 mobile pedestals providemoveable storage within aworkstation and tuck beneath aworksurface when not in use.Available drawer configurations arebox/file, box/box/file and file/file.
Note: Series 2 pedestals, should notbe mixed with standard, Dividends,Morrison pedestals.
Mobile pedestals roll on fourcorner-mounted swivel casters andone bottom drawer-mounted casterfor stability when the lower draweris in the open position. The frontcorner casters are locking.
Mobile pedestals may be specifiedwith an optional handle allowingeasy mobility.
Keyed alike ordered separate,shipped separate.
All mobile steel pedestals include13-gauge finished tops. A back isincluded with all Series 2 mobilepedestals.
Pedestals may be specified withoutthe top for attachment of a pedestalcushion. Pedestal cushion may beordered through the Currents orCalibre price lists.
Series 2 Pedestals with VeneerDrawer FrontsSeries 2 pedestals may be specifiedwith veneer fronts on floorstanding,mobile and doublewide pedestals.
Series 2 Storage
3
Series 2 CredenzasCredenzas - Specifications
Series 2 CredenzasSeries 2 credenzas are nominally 22�high and are available in a variety ofopen and drawer configurations.Credenzas cases are preassembled;tops are installed on site. Credenzaswith more than one unit (double unitsand box/file with open) contain twopreassembled cases and one commontop that are assembled on site.
Five configurations are available:• Single Open• Double Open• Single Box/File• Double Box/File• Box/File with Open
Each Box/File unit contains one 6�high box drawer and one 12� high filedrawer. File drawer allows forside-to-side letter or legal filing andfront-to-back letter filing.• Internal height: 9-3/4�• Internal width: 26-3/4� and
32-3/4�• Internal depth: 15-3/4�
Available Sizes (Nominal)Depths: 18�Width: 18�, 24�, 30�, 36�, 48�, 54�,60�, 66�, 72�Height: 221/2�
ConstructionCredenza specifications:• Outer wrapper: 20-gauge steel• Drawer front: 20-gauge steel
(double wide front: 18-gauge)• Back: 20-gauge• 7/8 extension ball bearing (full
extension available as an option)• Full extension ball bearing• Leveling glides: 5/16� diameter
steel stem with a 13/16� of heightadjustment
• Extended Leveling glides: 5/16�diameter steel stem; provides 25/8�clearance when fully extended
LocksSeries 2 credenzas with drawersinclude locks as a standard.
Locks are randomly keyed unlessotherwise specified. Other keyingoptions include keyed alike or keyedwith lock cores K001-K250. Alllocks are factory-installed and have ablack finish.
PlanningWhen planning credenza overlappinga table foot, Extended Leveler kitmay be specified separately. Confirmclearance and overall credenzaheight when planning with heightadjustable tables.
When planning credenza withBW1CSB Template credenza spacerto support a Dividends Horizonworksurface, specify one credenzaspacer per credenza. In thisapplication, front leveling glidesmust be moved from the standardposition to the secondary locationwithin base.
When planning credenza infreestanding application,counterweight may be required. SeeCredenzas - CounterweightSpecification section forrequirements.
Series 2 Storage
4
Series 2 CredenzasCredenzas - Counterweight Specifications
Counterweight Applications
Single Open and Double Open units do not require counterweight. Infreestanding applications, Single Box/File, Double Box/File and selectBox/File with Open units require counterweight.
If units are connected to a panel, supporting a work surface with a credenzaspacer or ganged back-to-back with another unit, no counterweight isrequired.
Counterweights are specified separately and field-installed.
Reference the following list of pattern numbers and correspondingcounterweight kits required for freestanding units:Credenza Counterweight Kit(s) RequiredBS2C2230BL(L/S) . . . . . . . . . (1) BS2ACW3035BS2C2236BL(L/S) . . . . . . . . . (1) BS2ACW3635BS2C2248B30O18L(L/S). . . . (1) BS2ACW3020BS2C2254B30O24L(L/S). . . . (1) BS2ACW3015BS2C2254B36O18L(L/S). . . . (1) BS2ACW3620BS2C2260B30B30L(L/S) . . . . (1) BS2ACW3035 + (1) BS2ACW3040BS2C2260B30O30L(L/S). . . . no counterweight requiredBS2C2260B36O24L(L/S). . . . (1) BS2ACW3620BS2C2266B30O36L(L/S). . . . no counterweight requiredBS2C2266B36B30L(L/S) . . . . (1) BS2ACW3040 + (1) BS2ACW3640BS2C2266B36O30L(L/S). . . . no counterweight requiredBS2C2272B36B36L(L/S) . . . . (2) BS2ACW3640BS2C2272B36O36L(L/S). . . . no counterweight required
Series 2 Storage
5
Series 2 Overhead StoragePanel-Mounted Cabinets - Specifications
72" WideOverhead Cabinet(Double Door)
24"-48" WideOverhead Cabinet(Single Door)
54" or 66" Wide OffsetDouble-DoorOverhead Cainet
Overhead CabinetsCabinets mount to the integralvertical channels on the systemsspecific panels to provide overheadstorage within workstations.
Overhead cabinets consist of a top,shelf, end panels, overhead door withor without lock and requiredassembly screws. 24� to 48� widecabinets have single doors whilecabinets 54�, 60�, 66� and 72� widehave double doors. 54� wideoverhead cabinets will ship with one24� and one 30� door. 66� wideoverhead cabinets will ship with one30� and one 36� door. 54� and 66�overhead doors may be removed andreversed.
Overheads must match the width ofsingle or multiple panels and cannotbe mounted off-module.
All cabinets are shippedknocked-down.
Available Sizes (Nominal)
• Height: Cabinet 15�• Depth: 141/8�• Widths: 24�, 30�, 36�, 42�, 48�,
54� 60�, 66� and 72�
Cabinet and shelf specifications:
• Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge(24� to 48� wide), 16-gauge (60� to72� wide) painted roll-formed steel
• Overhead door: 20-gauge paintedroll-formed steel
• Overhead door end trim: Colorinjected, molded plastic
• End panels: 16-gauge paintedsteel with integral mounting hooks
• Overhead door suspension:Steel ball bearing
Interior DimensionsThe interior dimensions of overheadcabinets and shelves are:
• Depth: 12�• Usable interior height: 125/8�• Width: 1/8� shorter than the
exterior width
Front View, Interior Height
Top View, Interior Depth
12-5/8"
12"
Cabinet Door ClearanceCabinet doors open over the tops ofcabinets. Required clearance is161/4� total height (height of cabinetplus top clearance required).
Touchdown Overhead CabinetsTouchdown overhead cabinets areequipped with hydraulic assistcylinders that allow the overheadcabinet front to gently fall to aclosed position.
Touchdown mechanisms may beretrofitted in the field to any Series2 overhead cabinet excludingVeneer fronts.
Task LightsAll cabinets and shelves will accepttask lights. For information, pleasesee accessories section for tasklights. Task lights must be orderedseparately.
LocksLocks are standard on overheadcabinets and keyed randomly unlessotherwise specified. Other keyingoptions include keyed alike orkeyed with lock cores K001-K250.All locks are factory-installed andare black finish. Cabinets can alsobe specified without locks ifrequired. When locks are notspecified a plug is located in thelock position. Optional lock retrofitkits are available for fieldinstallation at a later date ifrequired. See page 142 foradditional keying information.
Series 2 Storage
6
Series 2 Overhead StoragePanel Upmount Cabinets - Specifications
Panel Upmount OverheadCabinets used on DividendspanelsUpmount cabinets mount to 50� highpanels to provide overhead storagewithin workstations as an alternativeto overheads panel-mounted on 64�high panels. Upmount cabinets havefull finished backs and requireupmount brackets for mounting.
When installed on 50� highDividends panels, upmount cabinetsmatch up to the overall 64� height ofpanel-mounted overhead cabinetsand freestanding overdesks toprovide a consistent height withinthe facility.
Overhead cabinets consist of a top,shelf, end panels, enclosed back,overhead door with or without lockand required assembly screws. 24� to48� wide cabinets have single doorswhile cabinets 54�, 60�, 66� and 72�wide have double doors. 54� wideoverhead cabinets will ship with one24� and one 30� door. 66� wideoverhead cabinets will ship with one30� and one 36� door. 54� and 66�overhead doors may be removed andreversed.
Upmount cabinets are shippedknocked-down.
Upmount overheads must match thewidth of single or multiple panelsand cannot be mounted off module.
Available Sizes (Nominal)
• Height: 15�• Depth: 131/2�• Widths: 24�, 30�, 36�, 42�, 48�,
54� 60�, 66� and 72�
Panel Upmount Cabinet
Series 2 Upmount cabinetspecification:
• Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge(30� to 48� wide), 16-gauge (60� to72� wide) painted roll-formed steel
• Overhead door: 20-gauge paintedroll-formed steel
• Overhead door suspension: Steelball-bearing
• Overhead door end trim: Colorinjected, molded plastic
• End panels: 16-gauge paintedsteel with integral mounting hooks
• Upmount brackets: 14-gauge steel
Interior DimensionsUpmount cabinet interiors measure:
• Depth 12�• Usable interior height: 125/8�• Width: 1/8� shorter than the
exterior width.
Front View, Interior Height
Top View, Interior Depth
12-5/8"
12"
Cabinet Door ClearanceCabinet doors open over the tops ofcabinets. Required clearance is:161/4� total height (height of cabinetplus top clearance required).
Available Sizes
• Height: 15�• Depth: 131/2�• Widths: 30�, 36�, 42�, 48�
Upmount BracketsCabinet upmount brackets arerequired for upmount applications.Upmount brackets are orderedseparately in pairs.
�Touchdown� Overhead CabinetsTouchdown Overhead cabinets areequipped with hydraulic assistcylinders that allows the overheadcabinet front to gently fall to a closedposition.
Retrofit mechanisms may be fieldadded to any Series 2 overheadcabinet with the exception of Veneerfront cabinets.
LocksLocks are standard on overheadcabinets and keyed randomly unlessotherwise specified. Other keyingoptions include keyed alike or keyedwith lock cores K001-K250. Alllocks are factory-installed and areblack finish. Cabinets can also bespecified without locks if required.When locks are not specified a plugis located in the lock position.Optional lock retrofit kits areavailable for field-installation at alater date if required. See page 142for additional keying information.
Task LightsAll upmount cabinets will accepttask lights. For information, pleasesee accessories section for tasklights. Task lights must be orderedseparately.
Series 2 Storage
7
Series 2 Overhead StoragePanel-Mounted Bookshelves - Specifications
Overhead Book ShelvesBook shelves mount to the integralvertical channels on panels toprovide overhead storage withinworkstations.
Book shelves include a shelf, endpanels, open back and requiredassembly screws.
Shelves must match the width ofsingle or multiple panels andcannot be mounted off-module.
All book shelves are shippedknocked-down.
Available Sizes (Nominal)
• Height: shelf 8�• Depth: 141/8�• Widths: 24�, 30�, 36�, 42�, 48�,
54� 60�, 66� and 72�
Task Lights BookshelvesAll shelves will accept task lights.For information, please seeaccessories section. Task lightsmust be ordered separately.
Series 2 Storage
8
Task Lights Dividends Horizon offers T5 and LED task lights. T5 task lights are available in standard and advanced models. Task lights must be ordered separately from shelves, overhead cabinets, and overdesk units.
Task lights are TCLP compliant and meet requirements of California Title 20 and Title 24. T5 advanced task lights are fitted with ballasts and lamps compliant with LEED requirements. All task lights are approved for New York City installations.
T5 Task Lights T5 task lights include T5 cool white (4100K) fluorescent lamp, electronic ballast, 9 foot grounded cordset, prismatic lens, rocker switch, one cord exit management clip and mounting hardware. T5 task light housings are painted black.
The T5 task light cordset is a center exit. On smaller units the cord exit is off-center, but still not handed, allowing the cordset to be positioned either to the right or left of the task light for easy access to the closest available duplex.
All T5 task lights include mounting hardware for attachment to overhead cabinets, shelves, up mounted cabinets and freestanding overdesks. Specify task lights one size or less than the overall cabinet or overdesk width. T5 task lights have adjustable mounting brackets that lock into integral channels in the underside of the cabinet’s lower shelf. The spring steel adjustable mounting brackets flex to install without requiring tools and allow the light to be positioned at any position side-to-side and front-to-back.
City of Chicago T5 task lights have a 9 foot power cord with a resettable circuit breaker built into the plug.
LED Task Lights LED task lights include LED’s, a power supply with 9'-12' cord and mounting hardware. Housings are clear anodized aluminum with white color end-caps. Cord management clips must be ordered separately. The power supply cord attaches to either end of the fixture, allowing for easier access to the closest available duplex.
LED task lights mount into the recess in the underside of overhead cabinets and shelves at least 5" wider than the task light width..
Cord Management Clips Cord management clips attach to the integral slotted channels on panel frames to manage task light cordsets. Clips are 3/8” high black molded plastic construction.
Cord Management Clip
Panel Frame
Model Number Fixture Length Lamp Length Lamp Part Number Lamp Watts Input Watts
T5 Standard Task LightsDL3T5E19S 19" 12" FULHAM F8T5/CW 8 8DL3T5E25S 25" 21.6" FULHAM F14T5/41K 14 15DL3T5E37S 37" 33.4" FULHAM F21T5/41K 21 24DL3T5E49S 49" 45.2" FULHAM F28T5/41K 28 31
T5 Advanced Task LightsDL3T5E25A 25" 22.2" PHILIPS F14T5/841/ALTO 14 18DL3T5E37A 37" 33.98" PHILIPS F21T5/841/ALTO 21 24DL3T5E49A 49" 45.8" PHILIPS F28T5/841/ALTO 28 31
LED Task LightsDL4L17 17" 16.4" N/A 6.6 7.8DL4L31 31" 30.1" N/A 14.8 17.6DL4L44 44" 43.7" N/A 21.8 25.9DL4L58 58" 57.4" N/A 28.2 33.6
Task Light Specifications
Cord Management Clip AttachmentT5 Task Light LED Task Light
Series 2 Overhead StorageTask Lights - Specifications
Series 2 Storage
9
Series 2 Storage TowersSeries 2 Storage Towers - Specifications
Series 2 Storage TowerSeries 2 freestanding storage towersare stand-alone storage units thatprovide vertical storage.
Available Sizes (Nominal)Depth: 24�Width: 15�, 24�, 30�Height: 42�, 50�, 57� and 64�
ConstructionsSeries 2 storage towers match theaesthetic of the Series 2 pedestal anddouble wide pedestal.Storage Tower specifications:• Outer wrapper: 20-gauge steel• Door front: 20-gauge steel• Drawer front: 20-gauge steel• Storage tower cap: 20-gauge steel• Tower base: 18-gauge steel• Box drawer suspension: Full ball
bearing slides• Leveling glides: 3/8� diameter steel
stem with 1� of height adjustment• Vertical supports: 18-gauge steel
LocksStorage towers can be ordered with orwithout lock. When specified withoutlocks plugs, a lock plug is included.
Locks are keyed randomly unlessotherwise specified. Other optionsinclude keyed alike or keyed withlock cores K001-K250. All locks arefactory installed and have a blackfinish
• 15�w Side Access and Displaytowers include (1) lock.
• Single door towers, double doortowers, 24�w and 30�w SideAccess and Display towersinclude (2) locks. (Exceptfull-height doors which include (1)lock)
• Front Access (only) towers withwardrobe include (3) locks.(Except full-height doors withwardrobe which include (2) locks)
See page 142 for additional keyinginformation.
Storage Tower AccessoriesHanging file bars for front to backand side-to-side filing for the lateralfile are included with the storagetower. Please see accessories sectionfor optional drawer accessories.
Note: When a tower is specified witha wardrobe, the handedness of thecase is deteremined by the locationof the wardrobe.
For single door units without awardrobe, the handedness of the caseis determined by the hinge side ofthe door.
For side access bookcase and displaytowers without wardrobes, thehandedness is determined by theorientation of the bookcase shelfopening.
Note: Worksurfaces may beconnected to side access bookcaseand display towers only. This may beaccomplished by using theworksurface splice kit patternDT3WSP. Remember to specify afinish color.
ShelvesAll Series 2 towers with visible topfronts are shipped with (1) useradjustable shelf, with the exceptionof 64� tall Side Access Bookcase andDisplay towers which ship with (2).
For stability reasons, full height doortowers ship with the following shelfconfiguration:50�h & 57�h: 1 fixed shelft and 1adjustable shelf64�h: 1 fixed shelf and 2 adjustableshelves
Series 2 Storage
10
Series 2 Storage Finish Selections
Knoll Color Program
Core Paint FinishesSpecify Core finishes for all newcustomers
P1 Paint Finishes111 Jet Black
(was 27 Matte Black)112 Brown113 Dark Grey (was Y3)114 Folkstone Grey115 Medium Grey116 SandStone117 Soft Grey (was E)118 Bright White
P1 Textured Paint Finishes111T Textured Jet Black112T Textured Brown113T Textured Dark Grey114T Textured Folkstone Grey115T Textured Medium Grey116T Textured SandStone117T Textured Soft Grey118T Textured Bright White
P2 Paint Finishes611 Beige Mist Metallic612 Medium Metallic Grey
(was J)
P2 Textured Paint Finishes611T Textured Beige Mist
Metallic612T Textured Medium Metallic
Grey
P3 Paint Finishes613 Silver (was 3)
Template Pull Finishes111 Jet Black112 Brown113 Dark Grey114 Folkstone Grey115 Medium Grey116 Sandstone117 Soft Grey118 Bright White611 Beige Mist Metallic612 Medium Metallic Grey613 SilverAA Anodized AluminumAN Anodized Nickel
ColorAll inside and outside case surfacesare painted in the same specifiedpaint color.
Interior components and accessoriesare painted black. * Note, Series 2pedestal accessories includinghanging file bars must be orderedseparately.
Note: For laminate and veneer frontstorage, specifiers must select a paintfinish for the case as well as choosinga laminate or veneer selection for thefront.
Custom Color PolicyFor all colors outside the standardpalettes for Series 2 storage asdefined within this price list, Knollwill custom match your specification.Please submit the request usingKnoll’s Custom Finish Planneravailable on Dealer Portal.
Custom colors will be processed at aP2 list price for finishes that are notmetallic, clear or white. Metallic,clear and white finishes will beprocessed at a P3 list price.
Extended lead times may apply tocustom paint match selections.
Laminate FinishesMatching edge band unless noted otherwise*denotes melamine finishL1 - Solid Colors114* Folkstone Grey117* Soft Grey118* Bright White119* Pumice
L2 - Solid Colors111* Jet Black115* Medium Grey128* Fog
L2 - Patterned121 Micro Grey
114 edge band122 Brushed Sand
119 edge band123 Brushed Grey
128 edge band129 Micro Sand
119 edge band
L2 -Wood Grain124* Medium Cherry125* Natural Maple126* Natural Cherry127* Walnut139* Light Ash140* Warm Ash141* Whitened Ash142* Grey Ash143* Classic Oak144* Graphite Pear145 Zebra
Series 2 Storage
11
Series 2 Storage Finish Selections
Wood FinishesNew codes begin with a three digit numeric sequence, followed by a letter suffix. Each letter suffix (A-F) represents a different combination of pore fill optionsand gloss levels.
Code V1 TECHWOOD
638 Blond Maple628 Dark Mahogany639 Light Cherry641 Black Oak506 Maple509 Cherry512 Medium Walnut513 Medium Teak514 Espresso637 Natural644 Light Walnut645 Dove Grey
Code V2 PREMIUM TECHWOOD
647 White Pine640 Ebony642 Grigio
V2 NATURAL VENEER020 Natural Oak017 Light Walnut002 Bronze Cherry006 Maple021 Peacock Green Walnut022 Old English Walnut037 Birch
Gloss Level Fill LevelA Low Gloss Closed PoreB MediumGloss Closed PoreC High Gloss Closed Pore
D Low Gloss Open PoreE Medium Gloss Open PoreF High Gloss Open Pore
For more detailed information on Veneer finishes, please refer to the Wood Finish Matrix on the Knoll.com.
Series 2 Storage
12
Legacy Finishes
Legacy Paint FinishesSpecify Legacy Finishes to matchexisting product only. Legacyfinishes are not available for newcustomers
P1 Paint FinishesY1 Pewter
P2 Paint FinishesW Light Tan MetallicH Beige Metallic
Knoll Legacy Finish SelectionsSeries 2 Veneer Front StorageFinish Colors
P1 Paint FinishesLD Charcoal GreyLC Oyster GreyLE Willow Grey
P2 Paint Finishes2 Metallic FlintU Light Metallic GreyV Dark Metallic GreyW Light Tan MetallicH Beige Metallic
Knoll Legacy Finish SelectionsSeries 2 Morrison Front StorageFinish Colors
P1 Paint FinishesN2 FlintNW Light TanNH Beige
P2 Paint Finishes2 Metallic FlintU Light Metallic GreyW Light Metallic TanH Metallic BeigeV Dark Metallic Grey
P3 Paint FinishesB White
Series 2 Storage
13
Series 2 Storage FinishesFabrics
Fabric Options
Grade 10Annex (W1360)Beacon (W14975)Broadcloth II (W1619)Circuit (W17545)Element (W1077)Growth Spurt (W692)Messa (W2061)Skylark (W17187)Symbolic Details (W693)Tailor Made II (1610)Versatility (W432)
Grade 20Circle Line (W1146)Criss Cross (W305)Delite (K2026)Edo (W2111)Logic (W1318)Mainframe (W17835)Namatic II (W16201)Photon (W1293)Reflect (W884)
Grade 30Micro (W465)Relay (W1020)
Grade 40Amplify (W1215)Bandwidth (W1219)Hourglass (K1523)Palladium (W1030)Spellbound (W1464)
Grade 50Presto (K1000)
COM (Customer’s Own Material) COM can beapplied to Dividends Horizon product on a selectbasis. Please consult your Knoll CustomerService Representative for details on the COMapproval process and testing requirements.
Pricing for COM fabrics is at Grade 10.
Note: Always contact your Customer ServiceRepresentative prior to sending any COM(including pre-approved KnollTextiles) to themanufacturing facility
Series 2 Storage
14
Pedestals Steel Front - Recessed PullFloorstanding Pedestals
description w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3
Floorstanding Pedestal with two box and one filedrawer with lock
147/8� 171/4� 267/8� Y DS4PFL18A $730. $840. $876.147/8� 231/4� 267/8� Y DS4PFL24A 626. 722. 750.147/8� 291/4� 267/8� Y DS4PFL30A 842. 969. 1,015.
Floorstanding Pedestal with two file drawers withlock
147/8� 171/4� 267/8� Y DS4PFL18B 701. 809. 842.147/8� 231/4� 267/8� Y DS4PFL24B 593. 683. 711.147/8� 291/4� 267/8� Y DS4PFL30B 805. 924. 965.
Series 2 FloorstandingPedestal Case Back
147/8� N/A 267/8� N/A DS2XPB 112. 127. 130.
Order Code
Example: DS4PFL24A-117
DS4 Series 2 Steel Front,Recessed Pull
PF Pedestal FloorstandingL Locking24 DepthA Box/Box/File117 Soft Grey paint finish
Specification Information
Deduct $15 from the list price fornon-locking units. Substitute the‘‘L’’ with a ‘‘N’’ within the patternnumber to designate a non-lockingunit, example (DS2PFN18A).
Note:24� deep floorstanding pedestals donot include a back panel. Backpanels must be ordered separately.18� and 30� floorstanding pedestalshave backs standard.
Add an ‘‘F’’ to the end of the patternnumber to receive full extensionslides on all box drawers. Upchargeis $25 list per pedestal.
Application Notes
Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See pedestalaccessories page (109), for pricingand ordering information )
Add a ‘‘Y’’ to the end of the patternnumber to specify a front color thatis different than the case color. P3pricing automatically applies for allcolors when utilizing this option.
Critical Dimensions
Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�
24� Deep Floorstanding PedestalInternal Drawer Dimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�
Series 2 Storage
15
Ser
ies
2D
ivid
ends
Fron
tS
tora
ge
Pedestals Steel Front - Recessed PullMobile Pedestals
description w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3
Mobile Pedestal with one box and one file drawer 147/8� 163/4� 205/8� Y DS4PML18F $1,020. $1,176. $1,225.147/8� 223/4� 205/8� Y DS4PML24F 768. 882. 918.
Mobile Pedestal with two box and one file drawer 147/8� 163/4� 263/8� Y DS4PML18A 1,149. 1,318. 1,375.147/8� 223/4� 263/8� Y DS4PML24A 855. 988. 1,030.
Mobile Pedestal with two file drawers 147/8� 163/4� 263/8� Y DS4PML18B 1,111. 1,280. 1,335.147/8� 223/4� 263/8� Y DS4PML24B 855. 988. 1,030.
Order Code
Example: DS4PML24A-117
DS4 Series 2 Steel Front,Recessed Pull
PM Pedestal MobileL Locking24 DepthA Box/Box/File117 Soft Grey paint finish
Specification Information
Add $55 list for Mobile Handle.Add a ‘‘P’’ between the ‘‘L’’ lockcode and the case size to designatethe handle option, example(DS2PMLP24A)
Deduct $35 list for units without atop. Add an ‘‘O’’ in place of the ‘‘M’’in the pattern number to designatethe no-top option, example(DS2POL18A)
Add an ‘‘F’’ to the end of the patternnumber to receive full extensionslides on all box drawers. Upchargeis $25 list per pedestal.
Application Notes
Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See pedestalaccessories page (109), for pricingand ordering information)
Add a ‘‘Y’’ to the end of the patternnumber to specify a front color thatis different than the case color. P3pricing automatically applies for allcolors when utilizing this option.
Critical Dimensions
Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�
24� Deep Floorstanding PedestalInternal Drawer Dimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�
Series 2 Storage
16
Pedestals Steel Front - Recessed PullDouble Wide Pedestals
description w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3
Doublewide Pedestal with two file drawers 30� 183/4� 267/8� Y DS4DW30L $1,107. $1,274. $1,328.36� 183/4� 267/8� Y DS4DW36L 1,169. 1,346. 1,404.
Order Code
Example: DS4DW30L-117
DS4 Series 2 Steel Front,Recessed Pull
DW Doublewide Pedestal30 30� wideL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish
Specification Information
Deduct $20 from the list price fornon-locking units. Substitute the‘‘L’’ suffix with an ‘‘N’’ within thepattern number to designate anon-locking unit, example(DS2DW36L).
Doublewide pedestals includehanging file bars for letter and legalfront-to-back and side-to-side filing.
Application Notes
Doublewide pedestals are notintended for freestanding use andmust be secured beneath a panelsupported worksurface. (See Calibrelateral files price list for two drawerfiles that can be used forfreestanding applications)
Add a ‘‘Y’’ to the end of the patternnumber to specify a front color thatis different than the case color. P3pricing automatically applies for allcolors when utilizing this option.
Critical Dimensions
Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�.
Doublewide Pedestal InternalDrawer Dimensions• Lateral drawer height: 93/4�• Lateral drawer width: 263/4� and
323/24�• Lateral drawer depth: 153/4�
Series 2 Storage
17
Ser
ies
2D
ivid
ends
Fron
tS
tora
ge
Pedestals Steel Front - Series 2 PullFloorstanding Pedestals
description w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3
Floorstanding Pedestal with two box and one filedrawer with lock
147/8� 171/4� 267/8� Y DS2PFL18A $730. $840. $876.147/8� 231/4� 267/8� Y DS2PFL24A 626. 722. 750.147/8� 291/4� 267/8� Y DS2PFL30A 842. 969. 1,015.
Floorstanding Pedestal with two file drawers withlock
147/8� 171/4� 267/8� Y DS2PFL18B 701. 809. 842.147/8� 231/4� 267/8� Y DS2PFL24B 593. 683. 711.147/8� 291/4� 267/8� Y DS2PFL30B 805. 924. 965.
Series 2 FloorstandingPedestal Case Back
147/8� N/A 267/8� N/A DS2XPB 112. 127. 130.
Order Code
Example: DS2PFL24A-117
DS2 Series 2 Steel Front,Series 2 Pull
PF Pedestal FloorstandingL Locking24 DepthA Box/Box/File117 Soft Grey paint finish
Specification Information
Deduct $15 from the list price fornon-locking units. Substitute the‘‘L’’ with a ‘‘N’’ within the patternnumber to designate a non-lockingunit, example (DS2PFN18A).
Note:24� deep floorstanding pedestals donot include a back panel. Backpanels must be ordered separately.18� and 30� floorstanding pedestalshave backs standard.
Add an ‘‘F’’ to the end of the patternnumber to receive full extensionslides on all box drawers. Upchargeis $25 list per pedestal.
Application Notes
Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See pedestalaccessories page (109), for pricingand ordering information )
Add a ‘‘Y’’ to the end of the patternnumber to specify a front color thatis different than the case color. P3pricing automatically applies for allcolors when utilizing this option.
Critical Dimensions
Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�
24� Deep Floorstanding PedestalInternal Drawer Dimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�
Series 2 Storage
18
Pedestals Steel Front - Series 2 PullMobile Pedestals
description w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3
Mobile Pedestal with one box and one file drawer 147/8� 163/4� 205/8� Y DS2PML18F $1,020. $1,176. $1,225.147/8� 223/4� 205/8� Y DS2PML24F 768. 882. 918.
Mobile Pedestal with two box and one file drawer 147/8� 163/4� 263/8� Y DS2PML18A 1,149. 1,318. 1,375.147/8� 223/4� 263/8� Y DS2PML24A 855. 988. 1,030.
Mobile Pedestal with two file drawers 147/8� 163/4� 263/8� Y DS2PML18B 1,111. 1,280. 1,335.147/8� 223/4� 263/8� Y DS2PML24B 855. 988. 1,030.
Order Code
Example: DS2PML24A-117
DS2 Series 2 Steel Front,Series 2 Pull
PM Pedestal MobileL Locking24 DepthA Box/Box/File117 Soft Grey paint finish
Specification Information
Add $55 list for Mobile Handle.Add a ‘‘P’’ between the ‘‘L’’ lockcode and the case size to designatethe handle option, example(DS2PMLP24A)
Deduct $35 list for units without atop. Add an ‘‘O’’ in place of the ‘‘M’’in the pattern number to designatethe no-top option, example(DS2POL18A)
Add an ‘‘F’’ to the end of the patternnumber to receive full extensionslides on all box drawers. Upchargeis $25 list per pedestal.
Application Notes
Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See pedestalaccessories page (109), for pricingand ordering information)
Add a ‘‘Y’’ to the end of the patternnumber to specify a front color thatis different than the case color. P3pricing automatically applies for allcolors when utilizing this option.
Critical Dimensions
Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�
24� Deep Floorstanding PedestalInternal Drawer Dimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�
Series 2 Storage
19
Ser
ies
2D
ivid
ends
Fron
tS
tora
ge
Pedestals Steel Front - Series 2 PullDouble Wide Pedestals
description w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3
Doublewide Pedestal with two file drawers 30� 183/4� 267/8� Y DS2DW30L $1,107. $1,274. $1,328.36� 183/4� 267/8� Y DS2DW36L 1,169. 1,346. 1,404.
Order Code
Example: DS2DW30L-117
DS2 Series 2 Steel Front,Series 2 Pull
DW Doublewide Pedestal30 30� wideL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish
Specification Information
Deduct $20 from the list price fornon-locking units. Substitute the‘‘L’’ suffix with an ‘‘N’’ within thepattern number to designate anon-locking unit, example(DS2DW36L).
Doublewide pedestals includehanging file bars for letter and legalfront-to-back and side-to-side filing.
Application Notes
Doublewide pedestals are notintended for freestanding use andmust be secured beneath a panelsupported worksurface. (See Calibrelateral files price list for two drawerfiles that can be used forfreestanding applications)
Add a ‘‘Y’’ to the end of the patternnumber to specify a front color thatis different than the case color. P3pricing automatically applies for allcolors when utilizing this option.
Critical Dimensions
Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�.
Doublewide Pedestal InternalDrawer Dimensions• Lateral drawer height: 93/4�• Lateral drawer width: 263/4� and
323/24�• Lateral drawer depth: 153/4�
Series 2 Storage
20
Overhead Storage Steel Front with Dividends MountingBracketsPanel Mount Overhead Storage
description w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3
Panel mount overhead cabinet with lock 237/8� 141/8� 15� Y DS2PM24L $636. $735. $768.297/8� 141/8� 15� Y DS2PM30L 636. 735. 768.357/8� 141/8� 15� Y DS2PM36L 693. 798. 832.417/8� 141/8� 15� Y DS2PM42L 758. 868. 904.477/8� 141/8� 15� Y DS2PM48L 832. 954. 998.537/8� 141/8� 15� Y DS2PM54L 986. 1,137. 1,188.597/8� 141/8� 15� Y DS2PM60L 986. 1,137. 1,188.657/8� 141/8� 15� Y DS2PM66L 1,101. 1,265. 1,321.717/8� 141/8� 15� Y DS2PM72L 1,101. 1,265. 1,321.
Order Code
Example: DS2PM24L-117
DS2 Series 2 Steel FrontPM Panel Mount Overhead24 24� wideL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish
Specification Information
Deduct $20 from the list price fornon-locking units. Substitute the‘‘L’’ suffix with an ‘‘N’’ within thepattern number to designate anon-locking unit, example(DS2PM24N). Units with two doors,deduct $40 from the list.
24� through 48� wide units have asingle door. 54� through 66� wideunits have off-set double doors. 72�wide units have two doors. Unitswith two doors have two locks.
Application Notes
S2 panel mount overheads may bewall mounted using the DividendsOverhead Wall-mount Bracket. (SeeS2 overhead accessories)
Touch Down kits are intended foruse with steel door fronts only. (SeeS2 overhead accessories forTouch-down kits for overheads)
Add $162 list for Touch Downmechanism. Touch Down requiresadding an ‘‘E’’ to the pattern numberas indicated DS2PM24EL. For unitswith two doors add $325 to the list.
Add a ‘‘Y’’ to the end of the patternnumber to specify a front color thatis different than the case color. P3pricing automatically applies for allcolors when utilizing this option.
Critical Dimensions
Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�.
Series 2 Storage
21
Ser
ies
2D
ivid
ends
Fron
tS
tora
ge
Overhead Storage Steel Front with Dividends MountingBracketsUp-Mount Overhead Storage
description w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3
Up-mount overhead cabinet with back and lock 297/8� 141/8� 15� Y DS2UM30L $816. $940. $978.357/8� 141/8� 15� Y DS2UM36L 841. 969. 1,011.417/8� 141/8� 15� Y DS2UM42L 870. 998. 1,043.477/8� 141/8� 15� Y DS2UM48L 885. 1,017. 1,061.537/8� 141/8� 15� Y DS2UM54L 1,189. 1,369. 1,426.597/8� 141/8� 15� Y DS2UM60L 1,189. 1,369. 1,426.657/8� 141/8� 15� Y DS2UM66L 1,243. 1,430. 1,493.717/8� 141/8� 15� Y DS2UM72L 1,243. 1,430. 1,493.
Series 2 Steel Front Up-Mount Bracket(Dividends)
7/8� 123/16� 113/4� N/A DB1U18 88. 95. 100.
Order Code
Example: DS2UM30L-117
DS2 Series 2 Steel FrontUM Up-Mount Overhead30 30� wideL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish
Specification Information
Deduct $20 from the list price fornon-locking units. Substitute the‘‘L’’ suffix with an ‘‘N’’ within thepattern number to designate anon-locking unit, example(DS2UM30N). Units with two doors,deduct $40 from the list.
24� through 48� wide units have asingle door. 54� through 66� wideunits have off-set double doors. 72�wide units have two doors. Unitswith two doors have two locks.
Up-mount overhead cabinetsinclude an enclosed back.
Up-mount brackets are required andmust be ordered separately.
Application Notes
Touch Down kits are intended foruse with steel door fronts only. (SeeS2 overhead accessories forTouch-down kits for overheads)
Add $163 list for Touch Downmechanism. Touch Down requiresadding an ‘‘E’’ to the pattern numberas indicated DS2UM30EL. Forunits with two doors add $327 to thelist.
Add a ‘‘Y’’ to the end of the patternnumber to specify a front color thatis different than the case color. P3pricing automatically applies for allcolors when utilizing this option.
Critical Dimensions
Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�.
Series 2 Storage
22
Overhead Storage Steel Front with Dividends MountingBracketsStanchion Mount Overhead Storage
description w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3
Stanchion mount overhead cabinet with back andlock
357/8� 141/8� 15� Y DS2OD36L $1,427. $1,643. $1,714.417/8� 141/8� 15� Y DS2OD42L 1,457. 1,676. 1,746.477/8� 141/8� 15� Y DS2OD48L 1,476. 1,695. 1,768.537/8� 141/8� 15� Y DS2OD54L 1,795. 2,065. 2,159.597/8� 141/8� 15� Y DS2OD60L 1,795. 2,065. 2,159.657/8� 141/8� 15� Y DS2OD66L 1,855. 2,135. 2,226.717/8� 141/8� 15� Y DS2OD72L 1,855. 2,135. 2,226.
Order Code
Example: DS2OD36L-117
DS2 Series 2 Steel FrontOD Stanchion Mount
Overhead36 36� wideL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish
Specification Information
Deduct $20 from the list price fornon-locking units. Substitute the‘‘L’’ suffix with an ‘‘N’’ within thepattern number to designate anon-locking unit, example(DS2OD36N). Units with two doors,deduct $40 from the list.
36� through 48� wide units have asingle door. 54� through 66� unitshave off-set double doors. 72� wideunits have two doors. Units with twodoors have two locks.
Stanchion mount overhead storagecabinets include an enclosed back.
Application Notes
Touch Down kits are intended foruse with steel door fronts only. (SeeS2 overhead accessories forTouch-down kits for overheads)
Add $163 list for Touch Downmechanism. Touch Down requiresadding an ‘‘E’’ to the pattern numberas indicated DS2OD36EL. For unitswith two doors add $327 to the list.
Add a ‘‘Y’’ to the end of the patternnumber to specify a front color thatis different than the case color. P3pricing automatically applies for allcolors when utilizing this option.
Critical Dimensions
Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�.
Series 2 Storage
23
Ser
ies
2D
ivid
ends
Fron
tS
tora
ge
Storage Towers Steel Front - Recessed Pull15� Wide Storage Towers42� High
description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3
42� High Side Access Bookcase tower with twobox and one file drawer (right hand shown)
left hand 147/8� 231/2� 415/16� Y DT4SBLH4215BBFL $1,856. $2,134. $2,227.right hand 147/8� 231/2� 415/16� Y DT4SBRH4215BBFL 1,856. 2,134. 2,227.
42� High Side Access Bookcase tower with twofile drawers (right hand shown)
left hand 14 7/8’� 231/2� 415/16� Y DT4SBLH4215FFL 1,768. 2,039. 2,126.right hand 147/8� 231/2� 415/16� Y DT4SBRH4215FFL 1,768. 2,039. 2,126.
Order Code
Example: DT4SBLH4215BBFL-117
DT4 Series 2 Steel Front,Recessed Pull
SB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access42 42� High15 15� WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish
Specification Information
For non-locking towers, deduct asfollows from the list price for eachunit:Deduct $30 for (1) lock unitDeduct $60 for (2) lock unitDeduct $75 for (3) lock unitSubstitute the ‘‘L’’ suffix with an‘‘N’’ within the pattern number todesignate a non-locking unit,example (DT4SLH5015BBFN)
Wardrobe and cupboard doors ofRecessed pull or Series 2 pull towerstyles are standard without ahandle.Handles may be ordered forcupboard doors as a special.
Application Notes
Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)
Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 15�, 24� and 30� widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)• 15�w Side Access and Display
towers include (1) lock.• 24�w and 30�w Side Access and
Display towers include (2) locks.• Front Access (only) towers with
wardrobe include (3) locks.
Critical Dimensions
Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�
42�, 50�, 57� and 64� Tower InternalDimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�
Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.
Series 2 Storage
24
Storage Towers Steel Front - Recessed Pull15� Wide Storage Towers50� High
description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3
50� High Single Door tower with two box and onefile drawer (right hand shown)
left hand 147/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y DT4SLH5015BBFL $2,175. $2,501. $2,610.right hand 147/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y DT4SRH5015BBFL 2,175. 2,501. 2,610.
50� High Single Door tower with two file drawers(right hand shown)
left hand 147/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y DT4SLH5015FFL 1,961. 2,256. 2,351.right hand 147/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y DT4SRH5015FFL 1,961. 2,256. 2,351.
50� High Side Access Bookcase tower with twobox and one file drawer (right hand shown)
left hand 147/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y DT4SBLH5015BBFL 1,958. 2,247. 2,347.right hand 147/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y DT4SBRH5015BBFL 1,958. 2,247. 2,347.
Order Code
Example: DT4SBLH5015BBFL-117
DT4 Series 2 Steel Front,Recessed Pull
SB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access50 50� High15 15� WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish
Specification Information
For non-locking towers, deduct asfollows from the list price for eachunit:Deduct $30 for (1) lock unitDeduct $60 for (2) lock unitDeduct $75 for (3) lock unitSubstitute the ‘‘L’’ suffix with an‘‘N’’ within the pattern number todesignate a non-locking unit,example (DT4SLH5015BBFN)
Wardrobe and cupboard doors ofRecessed pull or Series 2 pull towerstyles are standard without ahandle.Handles may be ordered forcupboard doors as a special.
Application Notes
Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)
Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 15�, 24� and 30� widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)• 15�w Side Access and Display
towers include (1) lock.• 24�w and 30�w Side Access and
Display towers include (2) locks.• Front Access (only) towers with
wardrobe include (3) locks.
Critical Dimensions
Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�
42�, 50�, 57� and 64� Tower InternalDimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�
Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.
Series 2 Storage
25
Ser
ies
2D
ivid
ends
Fron
tS
tora
ge
Storage Towers Steel Front - Recessed Pull15� Wide Storage Towers50� High
description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3
50� High Side Access Bookcase tower with twofile drawers (right hand shown)
left hand 147/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y DT4SBLH5015FFL $1,856. $2,134. $2,227.right hand 147/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y DT4SBRH5015FFL 1,856. 2,134. 2,227.
Order Code
Example: DT4SBLH5015BBFL-117
DT4 Series 2 Steel Front,Recessed Pull
SB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access50 50� High15 15� WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish
Specification Information
For non-locking towers, deduct asfollows from the list price for eachunit:Deduct $30 for (1) lock unitDeduct $60 for (2) lock unitDeduct $75 for (3) lock unitSubstitute the ‘‘L’’ suffix with an‘‘N’’ within the pattern number todesignate a non-locking unit,example (DT4SLH5015BBFN)
Wardrobe and cupboard doors ofRecessed pull or Series 2 pull towerstyles are standard without ahandle.Handles may be ordered forcupboard doors as a special.
Application Notes
Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)
Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 15�, 24� and 30� widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)• 15�w Side Access and Display
towers include (1) lock.• 24�w and 30�w Side Access and
Display towers include (2) locks.• Front Access (only) towers with
wardrobe include (3) locks.
Critical Dimensions
Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�
42�, 50�, 57� and 64� Tower InternalDimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�
Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.
Series 2 Storage
26
Storage Towers Steel Front - Recessed Pull15� Wide Storage Towers57� High
description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3
57� High Single Door tower with two file drawers(right hand shown)
left hand 147/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y DT4SLH5715FFL $2,011. $2,316. $2,414.right hand 147/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y DT4SRH5715FFL 2,011. 2,316. 2,414.
57� High Single Door tower with two box and onefile drawer (right hand shown)
left hand 147/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y DT4SLH5715BBFL 2,227. 2,559. 2,671.right hand 147/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y DT4SRH5715BBFL 2,227. 2,559. 2,671.
57� High Side Access Bookcase tower with twofile drawers (right hand shown)
left hand 147/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y DT4SBLH5715FFL 2,011. 2,316. 2,414.right hand 147/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y DT4SBRH5715FFL 2,011. 2,316. 2,414.
Order Code
Example: DT4SBLH5715BBFL-117
DT4 Series 2 Steel Front,Recessed Pull
SB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access57 57� High15 15� WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish
Specification Information
For non-locking towers, deduct asfollows from the list price for eachunit:Deduct $30 for (1) lock unitDeduct $60 for (2) lock unitDeduct $75 for (3) lock unitSubstitute the ‘‘L’’ suffix with an‘‘N’’ within the pattern number todesignate a non-locking unit,example (DT4SLH5015BBFN)
Wardrobe and cupboard doors ofRecessed pull or Series 2 pull towerstyles are standard without ahandle.Handles may be ordered forcupboard doors as a special.
Application Notes
Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)
Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 15�, 24� and 30� widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)• 15�w Side Access and Display
towers include (1) lock.• 24�w and 30�w Side Access and
Display towers include (2) locks.• Front Access (only) towers with
wardrobe include (3) locks.
Critical Dimensions
Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�
42�, 50�, 57� and 64� Tower InternalDimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�
Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.
Series 2 Storage
27
Ser
ies
2D
ivid
ends
Fron
tS
tora
ge
Storage Towers Steel Front - Recessed Pull15� Wide Storage Towers57� High
description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3
57� High Side Access Bookcase tower with twobox and one file drawer (right hand shown)
left hand 147/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y DT4SBLH5715BBFL $2,227. $2,559. $2,671.right hand 147/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y DT4SBRH5715BBFL 2,227. 2,559. 2,671.
Order Code
Example: DT4SBLH5715BBFL-117
DT4 Series 2 Steel Front,Recessed Pull
SB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access57 57� High15 15� WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish
Specification Information
For non-locking towers, deduct asfollows from the list price for eachunit:Deduct $30 for (1) lock unitDeduct $60 for (2) lock unitDeduct $75 for (3) lock unitSubstitute the ‘‘L’’ suffix with an‘‘N’’ within the pattern number todesignate a non-locking unit,example (DT4SLH5015BBFN)
Wardrobe and cupboard doors ofRecessed pull or Series 2 pull towerstyles are standard without ahandle.Handles may be ordered forcupboard doors as a special.
Application Notes
Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)
Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 15�, 24� and 30� widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)• 15�w Side Access and Display
towers include (1) lock.• 24�w and 30�w Side Access and
Display towers include (2) locks.• Front Access (only) towers with
wardrobe include (3) locks.
Critical Dimensions
Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�
42�, 50�, 57� and 64� Tower InternalDimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�
Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.
Series 2 Storage
28
Storage Towers Steel Front - Recessed Pull15� Wide Storage Towers64� High
description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3
64� High Side Access Bookcase tower with twobox and one file drawer (right hand shown)
left hand 147/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y DT4SBLH6415BBFL $2,022. $2,332. $2,429.right hand 147/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y DT4SBRH6415BBFL 2,022. 2,332. 2,429.
Note: Display towers are open to access on two sides, i.e., the front and one side.
64� High Side Access Bookcase tower with twofile drawers (right hand shown)
left hand 147/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y DT4SBLH6415FFL 1,926. 2,214. 2,306.right hand 15� 231/2� 635/16� Y DT4SBRH6415FFL 1,926. 2,214. 2,306.
64� High Side Access Display tower with two boxand one file drawer (right hand shown)
left hand 147/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y DT4BDLH6415BBFL 2,050. 2,357. 2,462.right hand 147/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y DT4BDRH6415BBFL 2,050. 2,357. 2,462.
Order Code
Example: DT4SBLH6415BBFL-117
DT4 Series 2 Steel Front,Recessed Pull
SB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access64 64� High15 15� WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish
Specification Information
For non-locking towers, deduct asfollows from the list price for eachunit:Deduct $30 for (1) lock unitDeduct $60 for (2) lock unitDeduct $75 for (3) lock unitSubstitute the ‘‘L’’ suffix with an‘‘N’’ within the pattern number todesignate a non-locking unit,example (DT4SLH5015BBFN)
Wardrobe and cupboard doors ofRecessed pull or Series 2 pull towerstyles are standard without ahandle.Handles may be ordered forcupboard doors as a special.
Application Notes
Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)
Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 15�, 24� and 30� widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)• 15�w Side Access and Display
towers include (1) lock.• 24�w and 30�w Side Access and
Display towers include (2) locks.• Front Access (only) towers with
wardrobe include (3) locks.
Critical Dimensions
Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�
42�, 50�, 57� and 64� Tower InternalDimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�
Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.
Series 2 Storage
29
Ser
ies
2D
ivid
ends
Fron
tS
tora
ge
Storage Towers Steel Front - Recessed Pull15� Wide Storage Towers64� High
description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3
64� High Side Access Display tower with two filedrawers (right hand shown)
left hand 147/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y DT4BDLH6415FFL $1,951. $2,243. $2,340.right hand 147/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y DT4BDRH6415FFL 1,951. 2,243. 2,340.
Note: Display towers are open to access on two sides, i.e., the front and one side.
64� High Single Door tower with two box and onefile drawer (right hand shown)
left hand 147/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y DT4SLH6415BBFL 2,278. 2,618. 2,732.right hand 147/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y DT4SRH6415BBFL 2,278. 2,618. 2,732.
64� High Single Door tower with two file drawers(right hand shown)
left hand 147/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y DT4SLH6415FFL 2,063. 2,375. 2,477.right hand 147/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y DT4SRH6415FFL 2,063. 2,375. 2,477.
Order Code
Example: DT4SBLH6415BBFL-117
DT4 Series 2 Steel Front,Recessed Pull
SB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access64 64� High15 15� WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish
Specification Information
For non-locking towers, deduct asfollows from the list price for eachunit:Deduct $30 for (1) lock unitDeduct $60 for (2) lock unitDeduct $75 for (3) lock unitSubstitute the ‘‘L’’ suffix with an‘‘N’’ within the pattern number todesignate a non-locking unit,example (DT4SLH5015BBFN)
Wardrobe and cupboard doors ofRecessed pull or Series 2 pull towerstyles are standard without ahandle.Handles may be ordered forcupboard doors as a special.
Application Notes
Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)
Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 15�, 24� and 30� widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)• 15�w Side Access and Display
towers include (1) lock.• 24�w and 30�w Side Access and
Display towers include (2) locks.• Front Access (only) towers with
wardrobe include (3) locks.
Critical Dimensions
Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�
42�, 50�, 57� and 64� Tower InternalDimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�
Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.
Series 2 Storage
30
Storage Towers Steel Front - Recessed Pull24� Wide Storage Towers42� High
description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3
42� High Side Access Bookcase with two box andone file drawer with wardrobe (left hand shown)
left hand 237/8� 231/2� 415/16� Y DT4WSBLH4224BBFL $2,685. $3,089. $3,227.right hand 237/8� 231/2� 415/16� Y DT4WSBRH4224BBFL 2,685. 3,089. 3,227.
42� High Side Access Bookcase with two filedrawers with wardrobe (left hand shown)
left hand 237/8� 231/2� 415/16� Y DT4WSBLH4224FFL 2,584. 2,972. 3,102.right hand 237/8� 231/2� 415/16� Y DT4WSBRH4224FFL 2,584. 2,972. 3,102.
Order Code
Example: DT4SBLH5724BBFL-117
DT4 Series 2 Steel Front,Recessed Pull
SB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access57 57� High24 24� WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish
Specification Information
For non-locking towers, deduct asfollows from the list price for eachunit:Deduct $30 for (1) lock unitDeduct $60 for (2) lock unitDeduct $75 for (3) lock unitSubstitute the ‘‘L’’ suffix with an‘‘N’’ within the pattern number todesignate a non-locking unit,example (DT4SLH5015BBFN)
Wardrobe and cupboard doors ofRecessed pull or Series 2 pull towerstyles are standard without ahandle.Handles may be ordered forcupboard doors as a special.
Application Notes
Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)
Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 15�, 24� and 30� widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)• 15�w Side Access and Display
towers include (1) lock.• 24�w and 30�w Side Access and
Display towers include (2) locks.• Front Access (only) towers with
wardrobe include (3) locks.
Critical Dimensions
Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�
42�, 50�, 57� and 64� Tower InternalDimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�
Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.
Series 2 Storage
31
Ser
ies
2D
ivid
ends
Fron
tS
tora
ge
Storage Towers Steel Front - Recessed Pull24� Wide Storage Towers50� High
description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3
50� High tower with two box and one file drawerand door and wardrobe (left hand shown)
left hand 237/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y DT4WSLH5024BBFL $2,470. $2,841. $2,961.right hand 237/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y DT4WSRH5024BBFL 2,470. 2,841. 2,961.
50� High tower with two file drawers and doorand wardrobe (left hand shown)
left hand 237/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y DT4WSLH5024FFL 2,219. 2,550. 2,661.right hand 237/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y DT4WSRH5024FFL 2,219. 2,550. 2,661.
50� High Side Access Bookcase with two filedrawers with wardrobe (left hand shown)
left hand 237/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y DT4WSBLH5024FFL 2,598. 2,986. 3,115.right hand 237/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y DT4WSBRH5024FFL 2,598. 2,986. 3,115.
Order Code
Example: DT4SBLH5024BBFL-117
DT4 Series 2 Steel Front,Recessed Pull
SB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access50 50� High24 24� WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish
Specification Information
For non-locking towers, deduct asfollows from the list price for eachunit:Deduct $30 for (1) lock unitDeduct $60 for (2) lock unitDeduct $75 for (3) lock unitSubstitute the ‘‘L’’ suffix with an‘‘N’’ within the pattern number todesignate a non-locking unit,example (DT4SLH5015BBFN)
Wardrobe and cupboard doors ofRecessed pull or Series 2 pull towerstyles are standard without ahandle.Handles may be ordered forcupboard doors as a special.
Application Notes
Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)
Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 15�, 24� and 30� widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)• 15�w Side Access and Display
towers include (1) lock.• 24�w and 30�w Side Access and
Display towers include (2) locks.• Front Access (only) towers with
wardrobe include (3) locks.
Critical Dimensions
Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�
42�, 50�, 57� and 64� Tower InternalDimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�
Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.
Series 2 Storage
32
Storage Towers Steel Front - Recessed Pull24� Wide Storage Towers50� High
description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3
50� High Side Access Bookcase with two box andone file drawer with wardrobe (left hand shown)
left hand 237/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y DT4WSBLH5024BBFL $2,699. $3,106. $3,243.right hand 237/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y DT4WSBRH5024BBFL 2,699. 3,106. 3,243.
Order Code
Example: DT4SBLH5024BBFL-117
DT4 Series 2 Steel Front,Recessed Pull
SB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access50 50� High24 24� WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish
Specification Information
For non-locking towers, deduct asfollows from the list price for eachunit:Deduct $30 for (1) lock unitDeduct $60 for (2) lock unitDeduct $75 for (3) lock unitSubstitute the ‘‘L’’ suffix with an‘‘N’’ within the pattern number todesignate a non-locking unit,example (DT4SLH5015BBFN)
Wardrobe and cupboard doors ofRecessed pull or Series 2 pull towerstyles are standard without ahandle.Handles may be ordered forcupboard doors as a special.
Application Notes
Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)
Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 15�, 24� and 30� widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)• 15�w Side Access and Display
towers include (1) lock.• 24�w and 30�w Side Access and
Display towers include (2) locks.• Front Access (only) towers with
wardrobe include (3) locks.
Critical Dimensions
Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�
42�, 50�, 57� and 64� Tower InternalDimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�
Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.
Series 2 Storage
33
Ser
ies
2D
ivid
ends
Fron
tS
tora
ge
Storage Towers Steel Front - Recessed Pull24� Wide Storage Towers57� High
description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3
57� High tower with two file drawers and doorand wardrobe (left hand shown)
left hand 237/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y DT4WSLH5724FFL $2,289. $2,632. $2,746.right hand 237/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y DT4WSRH5724FFL 2,289. 2,632. 2,746.
57� High tower with two box and one file drawerand door and wardrobe (left hand shown)
left hand 237/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y DT4WSLH5724BBFL 2,558. 2,941. 3,069.right hand 237/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y DT4WSRH5724BBFL 2,558. 2,941. 3,069.
57� High Side Access Bookcase with two filedrawers with wardrobe (left hand shown)
left hand 237/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y DT4WSBLH5724FFL 2,706. 3,112. 3,246.right hand 237/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y DT4WSBRH5724FFL 2,706. 3,112. 3,246.
Order Code
Example: DT4SBLH5724BBFL-117
DT4 Series 2 Steel Front,Recessed Pull
SB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access57 57� High24 24� WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish
Specific Information
For non-locking towers, deduct asfollows from the list price for eachunit:Deduct $30 for (1) lock unitDeduct $60 for (2) lock unitDeduct $75 for (3) lock unitSubstitute the ‘‘L’’ suffix with an‘‘N’’ within the pattern number todesignate a non-locking unit,example (DT4SLH5015BBFN)
Wardrobe and cupboard doors ofRecessed pull or Series 2 pull towerstyles are standard without ahandle.Handles may be ordered forcupboard doors as a special.
Application Notes
Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)
Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 15�, 24� and 30� widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)• 15�w Side Access and Display
towers include (1) lock.• 24�w and 30�w Side Access and
Display towers include (2) locks.• Front Access (only) towers with
wardrobe include (3) locks.
Critical Dimensions
Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�
42�, 50�, 57� and 64� Tower InternalDimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�
Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.
Series 2 Storage
34
Storage Towers Steel Front - Recessed Pull24� Wide Storage Towers57� High
description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3
57� High Side Access Bookcase with two box andone file drawer with wardrobe (left hand shown)
left hand 237/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y DT4WSBLH5724BBFL $2,806. $3,228. $3,369.right hand 237/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y DT4WSBRH5724BBFL 2,806. 3,228. 3,369.
Order Code
Example: DT4SBLH5724BBFL-117
DT4 Series 2 Steel Front,Recessed Pull
SB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access57 57� High24 24� WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish
Specific Information
For non-locking towers, deduct asfollows from the list price for eachunit:Deduct $30 for (1) lock unitDeduct $60 for (2) lock unitDeduct $75 for (3) lock unitSubstitute the ‘‘L’’ suffix with an‘‘N’’ within the pattern number todesignate a non-locking unit,example (DT4SLH5015BBFN)
Wardrobe and cupboard doors ofRecessed pull or Series 2 pull towerstyles are standard without ahandle.Handles may be ordered forcupboard doors as a special.
Application Notes
Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)
Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 15�, 24� and 30� widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)• 15�w Side Access and Display
towers include (1) lock.• 24�w and 30�w Side Access and
Display towers include (2) locks.• Front Access (only) towers with
wardrobe include (3) locks.
Critical Dimensions
Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�
42�, 50�, 57� and 64� Tower InternalDimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�
Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.
Series 2 Storage
35
Ser
ies
2D
ivid
ends
Fron
tS
tora
ge
Storage Towers Steel Front - Recessed Pull24� Wide Storage Towers64� High
description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3
64� High tower with two box and one file drawerand door and wardrobe (left hand shown)
left hand 237/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y DT4WSLH6424BBFL $2,574. $2,961. $3,089.right hand 237/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y DT4WSRH6424BBFL 2,574. 2,961. 3,089.
64� High tower with two file drawers and doorand wardrobe (left hand shown)
left hand 237/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y DT4WSLH6424FFL 2,296. 2,643. 2,759.right hand 237/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y DT4WSRH6424FFL 2,296. 2,643. 2,759.
Order Code
Example: DT4SBLH6424BBFL-117
DT4 Series 2 Steel Front,Recessed Pull
SB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access64 64� High24 24� WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish
Specifiacation Information
For non-locking towers, deduct asfollows from the list price for eachunit:Deduct $30 for (1) lock unitDeduct $60 for (2) lock unitDeduct $75 for (3) lock unitSubstitute the ‘‘L’’ suffix with an‘‘N’’ within the pattern number todesignate a non-locking unit,example (DT4SLH5015BBFN)
Wardrobe and cupboard doors ofRecessed pull or Series 2 pull towerstyles are standard without ahandle.Handles may be ordered forcupboard doors as a special.
Application Notes
Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)
Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 15�, 24� and 30� widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)• 15�w Side Access and Display
towers include (1) lock.• 24�w and 30�w Side Access and
Display towers include (2) locks.• Front Access (only) towers with
wardrobe include (3) locks.
Critical Dimensions
Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�
42�, 50�, 57� and 64� Tower InternalDimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�
Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.
Series 2 Storage
36
Storage Towers Steel Front - Recessed Pull24� Wide Storage Towers64� High
description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3
64� High Side Access Bookcase with two box andone file drawer with wardrobe (left hand shown)
left hand 237/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y DT4WSBLH6424BBFL $2,866. $3,295. $3,440.right hand 237/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y DT4WSBRH6424BBFL 2,866. 3,295. 3,440.
64� High Side Access Bookcase with two filedrawers with wardrobe (left hand shown)
left hand 237/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y DT4WSBLH6424FFL 2,768. 3,186. 3,325.right hand 237/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y DT4WSBRH6424FFL 2,768. 3,186. 3,325.
Order Code
Example: DT4SBLH6424BBFL-117
DT4 Series 2 Steel Front,Recessed Pull
SB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access64 64� High24 24� WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish
Specifiacation Information
For non-locking towers, deduct asfollows from the list price for eachunit:Deduct $30 for (1) lock unitDeduct $60 for (2) lock unitDeduct $75 for (3) lock unitSubstitute the ‘‘L’’ suffix with an‘‘N’’ within the pattern number todesignate a non-locking unit,example (DT4SLH5015BBFN)
Wardrobe and cupboard doors ofRecessed pull or Series 2 pull towerstyles are standard without ahandle.Handles may be ordered forcupboard doors as a special.
Application Notes
Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)
Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 15�, 24� and 30� widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)• 15�w Side Access and Display
towers include (1) lock.• 24�w and 30�w Side Access and
Display towers include (2) locks.• Front Access (only) towers with
wardrobe include (3) locks.
Critical Dimensions
Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�
42�, 50�, 57� and 64� Tower InternalDimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�
Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.
Series 2 Storage
37
Ser
ies
2D
ivid
ends
Fron
tS
tora
ge
Storage Towers Steel Front - Recessed Pull24� Wide Storage Towers64� High
description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3
64� High Display tower with two box and one filedrawer and wardrobe (left hand shown)
left hand 237/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y DT4WBDLH6424BBFL $2,895. $3,330. $3,470.right hand 237/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y DT4WBDRH6424BBFL 2,895. 3,330. 3,470.
64� High Display tower with two file drawers andwardrobe (left hand shown)
left hand 237/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y DT4WBDLH6424FFL 2,793. 3,215. 3,353.right hand 237/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y DT4WBDRH6424FFL 2,793. 3,215. 3,353.
Order Code
Example: DT4SBLH6424BBFL-117
DT4 Series 2 Steel Front,Recessed Pull
SB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access64 64� High24 24� WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish
Specifiacation Information
For non-locking towers, deduct asfollows from the list price for eachunit:Deduct $30 for (1) lock unitDeduct $60 for (2) lock unitDeduct $75 for (3) lock unitSubstitute the ‘‘L’’ suffix with an‘‘N’’ within the pattern number todesignate a non-locking unit,example (DT4SLH5015BBFN)
Wardrobe and cupboard doors ofRecessed pull or Series 2 pull towerstyles are standard without ahandle.Handles may be ordered forcupboard doors as a special.
Application Notes
Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)
Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 15�, 24� and 30� widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)• 15�w Side Access and Display
towers include (1) lock.• 24�w and 30�w Side Access and
Display towers include (2) locks.• Front Access (only) towers with
wardrobe include (3) locks.
Critical Dimensions
Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�
42�, 50�, 57� and 64� Tower InternalDimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�
Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.
Series 2 Storage
38
Storage Towers Steel Front - Recessed Pull24� Wide Storage Towers50� High
description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3
50� High tower with two box and one filedrawer, door, wardrobe (Left hand shown)
left hand 237/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y DT4FWSLH5024BBFL $2,503. $2,874. $2,998.right hand 237/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y DT4FWSRH5024BBFL 2,503. 2,874. 2,998.
50� High tower with two file drawers,door, wardrobe (Left hand shown)
left hand 237/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y DT4FWSLH5024FFL 2,255. 2,589. 2,697.right hand 237/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y DT4FWSRH5024FFL 2,255. 2,589. 2,697.
Order Code
Example: DT4FSLH5024L- 117
DT4F Series 2 Full HeightSteel Door, RecessedPull
S Storage DoorLH Left Hand Hinge50 50� High24 24� WideL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish
Specification Information
For non-locking towers, deduct asfollows from the list price for eachunit:Deduct $30 for (1) lock unitDeduct $60 for (2) lock unitDeduct $75 for (3) lock unitSubstitute the ‘‘L’’ suffix with an‘‘N’’ within the pattern number todesignate a non-locking unit,example (DT4SLH5015BBFN)
Wardrobe and cupboard doors ofRecessed pull or Series 2 pull towerstyles are standard without ahandle.Handles may be ordered forcupboard doors as a special.
Application Notes
Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)
Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 15�, 24� and 30� widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)• 15�w Side Access and Display
towers include (1) lock.• 24�w and 30�w Side Access and
Display towers include (2) locks.• Front Access (only) towers with
wardrobe include (3) locks.
Critical Dimensions
Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�
42�, 50�, 57� and 64� Tower InternalDimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�
Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.
Series 2 Storage
39
Ser
ies
2D
ivid
ends
Fron
tS
tora
ge
Storage Towers Steel Front - Recessed Pull24� Wide Storage Towers57� High
description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3
57� High tower with two box and one filedrawer, door, wardrobe (Left hand shown)
left hand 237/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y DT4FWSLH5724BBFL $2,595. $2,979. $3,106.right hand 237/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y DT4FWSRH5724BBFL 2,595. 2,979. 3,106.
57� High tower with two file drawers,door, wardrobe (Left hand shown)
left hand 237/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y DT4FWSLH5724FFL 2,326. 2,670. 2,782.right hand 237/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y DT4FWSRH5724FFL 2,326. 2,670. 2,782.
Order Code
Example: DT4FSLH5724L- 117
DT4F Series 2 Full HeightSteel Door, RecessedPull
S Storage DoorLH Left Hand Hinge57 57� High24 24� WideL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish
Specification Information
For non-locking towers, deduct asfollows from the list price for eachunit:Deduct $30 for (1) lock unitDeduct $60 for (2) lock unitDeduct $75 for (3) lock unitSubstitute the ‘‘L’’ suffix with an‘‘N’’ within the pattern number todesignate a non-locking unit,example (DT4SLH5015BBFN)
Wardrobe and cupboard doors ofRecessed pull or Series 2 pull towerstyles are standard without ahandle.Handles may be ordered forcupboard doors as a special.
Application Notes
Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)
Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 15�, 24� and 30� widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)• 15�w Side Access and Display
towers include (1) lock.• 24�w and 30�w Side Access and
Display towers include (2) locks.• Front Access (only) towers with
wardrobe include (3) locks.
Critical Dimensions
Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�
42�, 50�, 57� and 64� Tower InternalDimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�
Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.
Series 2 Storage
40
Storage Towers Steel Front - Recessed Pull24� Wide Storage Towers64� High
description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3
64� High tower with two box and one filedrawer, door, wardrobe (Left hand shown)
left hand 237/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y DT4FWSLH6424BBFL $2,611. $2,998. $3,126.right hand 237/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y DT4FWSRH6424BBFL 2,611. 2,998. 3,126.
64� High tower with two file drawers,door, wardrobe (Left hand shown)
left hand 237/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y DT4FWSLH6424FFL 2,335. 2,679. 2,796.right hand 237/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y DT4FWSRH6424FFL 2,335. 2,679. 2,796.
Order Code
Example: DT4FSLH6424L- 117
DT4F Series 2 Full HeightSteel Door, RecessedPull
S Storage DoorLH Left Hand Hinge64 64� High24 24� WideL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish
Specification Information
For non-locking towers, deduct asfollows from the list price for eachunit:Deduct $30 for (1) lock unitDeduct $60 for (2) lock unitDeduct $75 for (3) lock unitSubstitute the ‘‘L’’ suffix with an‘‘N’’ within the pattern number todesignate a non-locking unit,example (DT4SLH5015BBFN)
Wardrobe and cupboard doors ofRecessed pull or Series 2 pull towerstyles are standard without ahandle.Handles may be ordered forcupboard doors as a special.
Application Notes
Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)
Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 15�, 24� and 30� widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)• 15�w Side Access and Display
towers include (1) lock.• 24�w and 30�w Side Access and
Display towers include (2) locks.• Front Access (only) towers with
wardrobe include (3) locks.
Critical Dimensions
Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�
42�, 50�, 57� and 64� Tower InternalDimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�
Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.
Series 2 Storage
41
Ser
ies
2D
ivid
ends
Fron
tS
tora
ge
Storage Towers Steel Front - Recessed Pull30� Wide Storage Towers50� High
description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3
50� High tower with two file drawers and doorand wardrobe (left hand shown)
left hand 297/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y DT4WSLH5030FFL $2,401. $2,762. $2,885.right hand 297/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y DT4WSRH5030FFL 2,401. 2,762. 2,885.
50� High tower with two box and one file drawerand door and wardrobe (left hand shown)
left hand 297/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y DT4WSLH5030BBFL 2,598. 2,986. 3,115.right hand 297/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y DT4WSRH5030BBFL 2,598. 2,986. 3,115.
Order Code
Example: DT4WSLH5030BBFL-117
DT4 Series 2 Steel Front,Recessed Pull
WS Wardrobe and SingleDoor
LH Left Hand Access50 50� High30 30� WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish
Specification Information
For non-locking towers, deduct asfollows from the list price for eachunit: Deduct $30 for (1) lock unit,$60 for (2) lock unit, and $75 for a(3) lock unit. Substitute the ‘‘L’’suffix with an ‘‘N’’within the patternnumber to designate a non-lockingunit, example(DT4WSLH5030BBFN)• 15�w Side Access and Display
towers include (1) lock.• 24�w and 30�w Side Access and
Display towers include (2) locks.• Front Access (only) towers with
wardrobe include (3) locks.
Wardrobe and cupboard doors ofRecessed pull or Series 2 pull towerstyles are standard without ahandle.Handles may be ordered forcupboard doors as a special.
Application Notes
Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. Hanging railsare included with 24� and 30� widelateral drawers only. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)
Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardand wardrobe area of the 15�, 24�and 30� wide towers to supportbinders as well as shorter coats. (SeeTower Accessories for pricing andorder entry information)
Critical Dimensions
Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�
42�, 50�, 57� and 64� Tower InternalDimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�
Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.
Series 2 Storage
42
Storage Towers Steel Front - Recessed Pull30� Wide Storage Towers57� High
description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3
57� High tower with two file drawers and doorand wardrobe (left hand shown)
left hand 297/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y DT4WSLH5730FFL $2,528. $2,907. $3,032.right hand 297/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y DT4WSRH5730FFL 2,528. 2,907. 3,032.
57� High tower with two box and one file drawerand door and wardrobe (left hand shown)
left hand 297/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y DT4WSLH5730BBFL 2,722. 3,126. 3,265.right hand 297/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y DT4WSRH5730BBFL 2,722. 3,126. 3,265.
Order Code
Example: DT4WSLH5730BBFL-117
DT4 Series 2 Steel Front,Recessed Pull
WS Wardrobe and SingleDoor
LH Left Hand Access57 57� High30 30� WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish
Specification Information
For non-locking towers, deduct asfollows from the list price for eachunit: Deduct $30 for (1) lock unit,$60 for (2) lock unit, and $75 for a(3) lock unit. Substitute the ‘‘L’’suffix with an ‘‘N’’within the patternnumber to designate a non-lockingunit, example(DT4WSLH5030BBFN)• 15�w Side Access and Display
towers include (1) lock.• 24�w and 30�w Side Access and
Display towers include (2) locks.• Front Access (only) towers with
wardrobe include (3) locks.
Wardrobe and cupboard doors ofRecessed pull or Series 2 pull towerstyles are standard without ahandle.Handles may be ordered forcupboard doors as a special.
Application Notes
Application Notes
Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. Hanging railsare included with 24� and 30� widelateral drawers only. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)
Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardand wardrobe area of the 15�, 24�and 30� wide towers to supportbinders as well as shorter coats. (SeeTower Accessories for pricing andorder entry information)
Critical Dimensions
Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�
42�, 50�, 57� and 64� Tower InternalDimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�
Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.
Series 2 Storage
43
Ser
ies
2D
ivid
ends
Fron
tS
tora
ge
Storage Towers Steel Front - Recessed Pull30� Wide Storage Towers64� High
description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3
64� High tower with two box and one file drawerand door and wardrobe (left hand shown)
left hand 297/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y DT4WSLH6430BBFL $2,768. $3,186. $3,325.right hand 297/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y DT4WSRH6430BBFL 2,768. 3,186. 3,325.
64� High tower with two file drawers and doorand wardrobe (left hand shown)
left hand 297/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y DT4WSLH6430FFL 2,584. 2,971. 3,101.right hand 297/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y DT4WSRH6430FFL 2,584. 2,971. 3,101.
Order Code
Example: DT4WSLH6430BBFL-117
DT4 Series 2 Steel Front,Recessed Pull
WS Wardrobe and SingleDoor
LH Left Hand Access64 64� High30 30� WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish
Specification Information
For non-locking towers, deduct asfollows from the list price for eachunit: Deduct $30 for (1) lock unit,$60 for (2) lock unit, and $75 for a(3) lock unit. Substitute the ‘‘L’’suffix with an ‘‘N’’within the patternnumber to designate a non-lockingunit, example(DT4WSLH5030BBFN)• 15�w Side Access and Display
towers include (1) lock.• 24�w and 30�w Side Access and
Display towers include (2) locks.• Front Access (only) towers with
wardrobe include (3) locks.
Wardrobe and cupboard doors ofRecessed pull or Series 2 pull towerstyles are standard without ahandle.Handles may be ordered forcupboard doors as a special.
Application Notes
Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. Hanging railsare included with 24� and 30� widelateral drawers only. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)
Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardand wardrobe area of the 15�, 24�and 30� wide towers to supportbinders as well as shorter coats. (SeeTower Accessories for pricing andorder entry information)
Critical Dimensions
Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�
42�, 50�, 57� and 64� Tower InternalDimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�
Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.
Series 2 Storage
44
Storage Towers Steel Front - Series 2 Pull15� Wide Storage Towers42� High
description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3
42� High Side Access Bookcase tower with twobox and one file drawer (right hand shown)
left hand 147/8� 231/2� 415/16� Y DT3SBLH4215BBFL $1,856. $2,134. $2,227.right hand 147/8� 231/2� 415/16� Y DT3SBRH4215BBFL 1,856. 2,134. 2,227.
42� High Side Access Bookcase tower with twofile drawers (right hand shown)
left hand 14 7/8’� 231/2� 415/16� Y DT3SBLH4215FFL 1,768. 2,039. 2,126.right hand 147/8� 231/2� 415/16� Y DT3SBRH4215FFL 1,768. 2,039. 2,126.
Order Code
Example: DT3SBLH4215BBFL-117
DT3 Series 2 Steel Front,Series 2 Pull
SB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access42 42� High15 15� WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish
Specification Information
For non-locking towers, deduct asfollows from the list price for eachunit:Deduct $30 for (1) lock unitDeduct $60 for (2) lock unitDeduct $75 for (3) lock unitSubstitute the ‘‘L’’ suffix with an‘‘N’’ within the pattern number todesignate a non-locking unit,example (DT4SLH5015BBFN)
Wardrobe and cupboard doors ofRecessed pull or Series 2 pull towerstyles are standard without ahandle.Handles may be ordered forcupboard doors as a special.
Application Notes
Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)
Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 15�, 24� and 30� widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)• 15�w Side Access and Display
towers include (1) lock.• 24�w and 30�w Side Access and
Display towers include (2) locks.• Front Access (only) towers with
wardrobe include (3) locks.
Critical Dimensions
Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�
42�, 50�, 57�and 64� Tower InternalDimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�
Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.
Series 2 Storage
45
Ser
ies
2D
ivid
ends
Fron
tS
tora
ge
Storage Towers Steel Front - Series 2 Pull15� Wide Storage Towers50� High
description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3
50� High Single Door tower with two box and onefile drawer (right hand shown)
left hand 147/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y DT3SLH5015BBFL $2,175. $2,501. $2,610.right hand 147/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y DT3SRH5015BBFL 2,175. 2,501. 2,610.
50� High Single Door tower with two file drawers(right hand shown)
left hand 147/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y DT3SLH5015FFL 1,961. 2,256. 2,351.right hand 147/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y DT3SRH5015FFL 1,961. 2,256. 2,351.
50� High Side Access Bookcase tower with twobox and one file drawer (right hand shown)
left hand 147/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y DT3SBLH5015BBFL 1,958. 2,247. 2,347.right hand 147/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y DT3SBRH5015BBFL 1,958. 2,247. 2,347.
Order Code
Example: DT3SBLH5015BBFL-117
DT3 Series 2 Steel Front,Series 2 Pull
SB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access50 50� High15 15� WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish
Specification Information
For non-locking towers, deduct asfollows from the list price for eachunit:Deduct $30 for (1) lock unitDeduct $60 for (2) lock unitDeduct $75 for (3) lock unitSubstitute the ‘‘L’’ suffix with an‘‘N’’ within the pattern number todesignate a non-locking unit,example (DT4SLH5015BBFN)
Wardrobe and cupboard doors ofRecessed pull or Series 2 pull towerstyles are standard without ahandle.Handles may be ordered forcupboard doors as a special.
Application Notes
Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)
Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 15�, 24� and 30� widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)• 15�w Side Access and Display
towers include (1) lock.• 24�w and 30�w Side Access and
Display towers include (2) locks.• Front Access (only) towers with
wardrobe include (3) locks.
Critical Dimensions
Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�
42�, 50�, 57� and 64� Tower InternalDimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�
Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.
Series 2 Storage
46
Storage Towers Steel Front - Series 2 Pull15� Wide Storage Towers50� High
description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3
50� High Side Access Bookcase tower with twofile drawers (right hand shown)
left hand 147/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y DT3SBLH5015FFL $1,856. $2,134. $2,227.right hand 147/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y DT3SBRH5015FFL 1,856. 2,134. 2,227.
Order Code
Example: DT3SBLH5015BBFL-117
DT3 Series 2 Steel Front,Series 2 Pull
SB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access50 50� High15 15� WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish
Specification Information
For non-locking towers, deduct asfollows from the list price for eachunit:Deduct $30 for (1) lock unitDeduct $60 for (2) lock unitDeduct $75 for (3) lock unitSubstitute the ‘‘L’’ suffix with an‘‘N’’ within the pattern number todesignate a non-locking unit,example (DT4SLH5015BBFN)
Wardrobe and cupboard doors ofRecessed pull or Series 2 pull towerstyles are standard without ahandle.Handles may be ordered forcupboard doors as a special.
Application Notes
Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)
Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 15�, 24� and 30� widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)• 15�w Side Access and Display
towers include (1) lock.• 24�w and 30�w Side Access and
Display towers include (2) locks.• Front Access (only) towers with
wardrobe include (3) locks.
Critical Dimensions
Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�
42�, 50�, 57� and 64� Tower InternalDimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�
Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.
Series 2 Storage
47
Ser
ies
2D
ivid
ends
Fron
tS
tora
ge
Storage Towers Steel Front - Series 2 Pull15� Wide Storage Towers57� High
description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3
57� High Single Door tower with two file drawers(right hand shown)
left hand 147/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y DT3SLH5715FFL $2,011. $2,316. $2,414.right hand 147/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y DT3SRH5715FFL 2,011. 2,316. 2,414.
57� High Single Door tower with two box and onefile drawer (right hand shown)
left hand 147/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y DT3SLH5715BBFL 2,227. 2,559. 2,671.right hand 147/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y DT3SRH5715BBFL 2,227. 2,559. 2,671.
57� High Side Access Bookcase tower with twofile drawers (right hand shown)
left hand 147/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y DT3SBLH5715FFL 2,011. 2,316. 2,414.right hand 147/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y DT3SBRH5715FFL 2,011. 2,316. 2,414.
Order Code
Example: DT3SBLH5715BBFL-117
DT3 Series 2 Steel Front,Series 2 Pull
SB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access57 57� High15 15� WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish
Specification Information
For non-locking towers, deduct asfollows from the list price for eachunit:Deduct $30 for (1) lock unitDeduct $60 for (2) lock unitDeduct $75 for (3) lock unitSubstitute the ‘‘L’’ suffix with an‘‘N’’ within the pattern number todesignate a non-locking unit,example (DT4SLH5015BBFN)
Wardrobe and cupboard doors ofRecessed pull or Series 2 pull towerstyles are standard without ahandle.Handles may be ordered forcupboard doors as a special.
Application Notes
Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)
Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 15�, 24� and 30� widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)• 15�w Side Access and Display
towers include (1) lock.• 24�w and 30�w Side Access and
Display towers include (2) locks.• Front Access (only) towers with
wardrobe include (3) locks.
Critical Dimensions
Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�
42�, 50�, 57� and 64� Tower InternalDimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�
Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.
Series 2 Storage
48
Storage Towers Steel Front - Series 2 Pull15� Wide Storage Towers57� High
description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3
57� High Side Access Bookcase tower with twobox and one file drawer (right hand shown)
left hand 147/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y DT3SBLH5715BBFL $2,227. $2,559. $2,671.right hand 147/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y DT3SBRH5715BBFL 2,227. 2,559. 2,671.
Order Code
Example: DT3SBLH5715BBFL-117
DT3 Series 2 Steel Front,Series 2 Pull
SB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access57 57� High15 15� WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish
Specification Information
For non-locking towers, deduct asfollows from the list price for eachunit:Deduct $30 for (1) lock unitDeduct $60 for (2) lock unitDeduct $75 for (3) lock unitSubstitute the ‘‘L’’ suffix with an‘‘N’’ within the pattern number todesignate a non-locking unit,example (DT4SLH5015BBFN)
Wardrobe and cupboard doors ofRecessed pull or Series 2 pull towerstyles are standard without ahandle.Handles may be ordered forcupboard doors as a special.
Application Notes
Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)
Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 15�, 24� and 30� widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)• 15�w Side Access and Display
towers include (1) lock.• 24�w and 30�w Side Access and
Display towers include (2) locks.• Front Access (only) towers with
wardrobe include (3) locks.
Critical Dimensions
Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�
42�, 50�, 57� and 64� Tower InternalDimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�
Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.
Series 2 Storage
49
Ser
ies
2D
ivid
ends
Fron
tS
tora
ge
Storage Towers Steel Front - Series 2 Pull15� Wide Storage Towers64� High
description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3
64� High Side Access Bookcase tower with twobox and one file drawer (right hand shown)
left hand 147/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y DT3SBLH6415BBFL $2,022. $2,332. $2,429.right hand 147/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y DT3SBRH6415BBFL 2,022. 2,332. 2,429.
64� High Side Access Bookcase tower with twofile drawers (right hand shown)
left hand 147/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y DT3SBLH6415FFL 1,926. 2,214. 2,306.right hand 15� 231/2� 635/16� Y DT3SBRH6415FFL 1,926. 2,214. 2,306.
64� High Side Access Display tower with two boxand one file drawer (right hand shown)
left hand 147/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y DT3BDLH6415BBFL 2,050. 2,357. 2,462.right hand 147/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y DT3BDRH6415BBFL 2,050. 2,357. 2,462.
Note: Display towers are open to access on two sides, i.e., the front and one side.
Order Code
Example: DT3SBLH6415BBFL-117
DT3 Series 2 Steel Front,Series 2 Pull
SB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access64 64� High15 15� WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish
Specification Information
For non-locking towers, deduct asfollows from the list price for eachunit:Deduct $30 for (1) lock unitDeduct $60 for (2) lock unitDeduct $75 for (3) lock unitSubstitute the ‘‘L’’ suffix with an‘‘N’’ within the pattern number todesignate a non-locking unit,example (DT4SLH5015BBFN)
Wardrobe and cupboard doors ofRecessed pull or Series 2 pull towerstyles are standard without ahandle.Handles may be ordered forcupboard doors as a special.
Application Notes
Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)
Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 15�, 24� and 30� widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)• 15�w Side Access and Display
towers include (1) lock.• 24�w and 30�w Side Access and
Display towers include (2) locks.• Front Access (only) towers with
wardrobe include (3) locks.
Critical Dimensions
Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�
42�, 50�, 57� and 64� Tower InternalDimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�
Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.
Series 2 Storage
50
Storage Towers Steel Front - Series 2 Pull15� Wide Storage Towers64� High
description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3
64� High Side Access Display tower with two filedrawers (right hand shown)
left hand 147/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y DT3BDLH6415FFL $1,951. $2,243. $2,340.right hand 147/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y DT3BDRH6415FFL 1,951. 2,243. 2,340.
Note: Display towers are open to access on two sides, i.e., the front and one side.
64� High Single Door tower with two box and onefile drawer (right hand shown)
left hand 147/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y DT3SLH6415BBFL 2,278. 2,618. 2,732.right hand 147/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y DT3SRH6415BBFL 2,278. 2,618. 2,732.
64� High Single Door tower with two file drawers(right hand shown)
left hand 147/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y DT3SLH6415FFL 2,063. 2,375. 2,477.right hand 147/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y DT3SRH6415FFL 2,063. 2,375. 2,477.
Order Code
Example: DT3SBLH6415BBFL-117
DT3 Series 2 Steel Front,Series 2 Pull
SB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access64 64� High15 15� WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish
Specification Information
For non-locking towers, deduct asfollows from the list price for eachunit:Deduct $30 for (1) lock unitDeduct $60 for (2) lock unitDeduct $75 for (3) lock unitSubstitute the ‘‘L’’ suffix with an‘‘N’’ within the pattern number todesignate a non-locking unit,example (DT4SLH5015BBFN)
Wardrobe and cupboard doors ofRecessed pull or Series 2 pull towerstyles are standard without ahandle.Handles may be ordered forcupboard doors as a special.
Application Notes
Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)
Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 15�, 24� and 30� widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)• 15�w Side Access and Display
towers include (1) lock.• 24�w and 30�w Side Access and
Display towers include (2) locks.• Front Access (only) towers with
wardrobe include (3) locks.
Critical Dimensions
Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�
42�, 50�, 57� and 64� Tower InternalDimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�
Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.
Series 2 Storage
51
Ser
ies
2D
ivid
ends
Fron
tS
tora
ge
Storage Towers Steel Front - Series 2 Pull24� Wide Storage Towers42� High
description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3
42� High Side Access Bookcase with two box andone file drawer with wardrobe (left hand shown)
left hand 237/8� 231/2� 415/16� Y DT3WSBLH4224BBFL $2,685. $3,089. $3,227.right hand 237/8� 231/2� 415/16� Y DT3WSBRH4224BBFL 2,685. 3,089. 3,227.
42� High Side Access Bookcase with two filedrawers with wardrobe (left hand shown)
left hand 237/8� 231/2� 415/16� Y DT3WSBLH4224FFL 2,584. 2,972. 3,102.right hand 237/8� 231/2� 415/16� Y DT3WSBRH4224FFL 2,584. 2,972. 3,102.
Order Code
Example: DT3SBLH4224BBFL-117
DT3 Series 2 Steel Front,Series 2 Pull
SB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access42 42� High24 24� WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish
For non-locking towers, deduct asfollows from the list price for eachunit:Deduct $30 for (1) lock unitDeduct $60 for (2) lock unitDeduct $75 for (3) lock unitSubstitute the ‘‘L’’ suffix with an‘‘N’’ within the pattern number todesignate a non-locking unit,example (DT4SLH5015BBFN)
Wardrobe and cupboard doors ofRecessed pull or Series 2 pull towerstyles are standard without ahandle.Handles may be ordered forcupboard doors as a special.
Application Notes
Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)
Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 15�, 24� and 30� widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)• 15�w Side Access and Display
towers include (1) lock.• 24�w and 30�w Side Access and
Display towers include (2) locks.• Front Access (only) towers with
wardrobe include (3) locks.
Critical Dimensions
Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�
50�, 57� and 64� Tower InternalDimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�
Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.
Series 2 Storage
52
Storage Towers Steel Front - Series 2 Pull24� Wide Storage Towers50� High
description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3
50� High tower with two box and one file drawerand door and wardrobe (left hand shown)
left hand 237/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y DT3WSLH5024BBFL $2,470. $2,841. $2,961.right hand 237/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y DT3WSRH5024BBFL 2,470. 2,841. 2,961.
50� High tower with two file drawers and doorand wardrobe (left hand shown)
left hand 237/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y DT3WSLH5024FFL 2,219. 2,550. 2,661.right hand 237/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y DT3WSRH5024FFL 2,219. 2,550. 2,661.
50� High Side Access Bookcase with two box andone file drawer with wardrobe (left hand shown)
left hand 237/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y DT3WSBLH5024BBFL 2,699. 3,106. 3,243.right hand 237/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y DT3WSBRH5024BBFL 2,699. 3,106. 3,243.
Order Code
Example: DT3SBLH5024BBFL-117
DT3 Series 2 Steel Front,Series 2 Pull
SB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access50 50� High24 24� WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish
For non-locking towers, deduct asfollows from the list price for eachunit:Deduct $30 for (1) lock unitDeduct $60 for (2) lock unitDeduct $75 for (3) lock unitSubstitute the ‘‘L’’ suffix with an‘‘N’’ within the pattern number todesignate a non-locking unit,example (DT4SLH5015BBFN)
Wardrobe and cupboard doors ofRecessed pull or Series 2 pull towerstyles are standard without ahandle.Handles may be ordered forcupboard doors as a special.
Application Notes
Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)
Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardand wardrobe area of the 15�, 24�and 30� wide towers to supportbinders as well as shorter coats. (SeeTower Accessories for pricing andorder entry information)• 15�w Side Access and Display
towers include (1) lock.• 24�w and 30�w Side Access and
Display towers include (2) locks.• Front Access (only) towers with
wardrobe include (3) locks.
Critical Dimensions
Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�
50�, 57� and 64� Tower InternalDimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�
Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.
Series 2 Storage
53
Ser
ies
2D
ivid
ends
Fron
tS
tora
ge
Storage Towers Steel Front - Series 2 Pull24� Wide Storage Towers50� High
description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3
50� High Side Access Bookcase with two filedrawers with wardrobe (left hand shown)
left hand 237/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y DT3WSBLH5024FFL $2,598. $2,986. $3,115.right hand 237/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y DT3WSBRH5024FFL 2,598. 2,986. 3,115.
Order Code
Example: DT3SBLH5024BBFL-117
DT3 Series 2 Steel Front,Series 2 Pull
SB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access50 50� High24 24� WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish
For non-locking towers, deduct asfollows from the list price for eachunit:Deduct $30 for (1) lock unitDeduct $60 for (2) lock unitDeduct $75 for (3) lock unitSubstitute the ‘‘L’’ suffix with an‘‘N’’ within the pattern number todesignate a non-locking unit,example (DT4SLH5015BBFN)
Wardrobe and cupboard doors ofRecessed pull or Series 2 pull towerstyles are standard without ahandle.Handles may be ordered forcupboard doors as a special.
Application Notes
Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)
Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardand wardrobe area of the 15�, 24�and 30� wide towers to supportbinders as well as shorter coats. (SeeTower Accessories for pricing andorder entry information)• 15�w Side Access and Display
towers include (1) lock.• 24�w and 30�w Side Access and
Display towers include (2) locks.• Front Access (only) towers with
wardrobe include (3) locks.
Critical Dimensions
Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�
50�, 57� and 64� Tower InternalDimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�
Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.
Series 2 Storage
54
Storage Towers Steel Front - Series 2 Pull24� Wide Storage Towers57� High
description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3
57� High tower with two file drawers and doorand wardrobe (left hand shown)
left hand 237/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y DT3WSLH5724FFL $2,289. $2,632. $2,746.right hand 237/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y DT3WSRH5724FFL 2,289. 2,632. 2,746.
57� High tower with two box and one file drawerand door and wardrobe (left hand shown)
left hand 237/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y DT3WSLH5724BBFL 2,558. 2,941. 3,069.right hand 237/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y DT3WSRH5724BBFL 2,558. 2,941. 3,069.
57� High Side Access Bookcase with two filedrawers with wardrobe (left hand shown)
left hand 237/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y DT3WSBLH5724FFL 2,706. 3,112. 3,246.right hand 237/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y DT3WSBRH5724FFL 2,706. 3,112. 3,246.
Order Code
Example: DT3SBLH5724BBFL-117
DT3 Series 2 Steel Front,Series 2 Pull
SB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access57 57� High24 24� WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish
Specification Information
For non-locking towers, deduct asfollows from the list price for eachunit:Deduct $30 for (1) lock unitDeduct $60 for (2) lock unitDeduct $75 for (3) lock unitSubstitute the ‘‘L’’ suffix with an‘‘N’’ within the pattern number todesignate a non-locking unit,example (DT4SLH5015BBFN)
Wardrobe and cupboard doors ofRecessed pull or Series 2 pull towerstyles are standard without ahandle.Handles may be ordered forcupboard doors as a special.
Application Notes
Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)
Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardand wardrobe area of the 15�, 24�and 30� wide towers to supportbinders as well as shorter coats. (SeeTower Accessories for pricing andorder entry information)• 15�w Side Access and Display
towers include (1) lock.• 24�w and 30�w Side Access and
Display towers include (2) locks.• Front Access (only) towers with
wardrobe include (3) locks.
Critical Dimensions
Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�
50�, 57� and 64� Tower InternalDimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�
Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.
Series 2 Storage
55
Ser
ies
2D
ivid
ends
Fron
tS
tora
ge
Storage Towers Steel Front - Series 2 Pull24� Wide Storage Towers57� High
description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3
57� High Side Access Bookcase with two box andone file drawer with wardrobe (left hand shown)
left hand 237/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y DT3WSBLH5724BBFL $2,806. $3,228. $3,369.right hand 237/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y DT3WSBRH5724BBFL 2,806. 3,228. 3,369.
Order Code
Example: DT3SBLH5724BBFL-117
DT3 Series 2 Steel Front,Series 2 Pull
SB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access57 57� High24 24� WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish
Specification Information
For non-locking towers, deduct asfollows from the list price for eachunit:Deduct $30 for (1) lock unitDeduct $60 for (2) lock unitDeduct $75 for (3) lock unitSubstitute the ‘‘L’’ suffix with an‘‘N’’ within the pattern number todesignate a non-locking unit,example (DT4SLH5015BBFN)
Wardrobe and cupboard doors ofRecessed pull or Series 2 pull towerstyles are standard without ahandle.Handles may be ordered forcupboard doors as a special.
Application Notes
Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)
Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardand wardrobe area of the 15�, 24�and 30� wide towers to supportbinders as well as shorter coats. (SeeTower Accessories for pricing andorder entry information)• 15�w Side Access and Display
towers include (1) lock.• 24�w and 30�w Side Access and
Display towers include (2) locks.• Front Access (only) towers with
wardrobe include (3) locks.
Critical Dimensions
Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�
50�, 57� and 64� Tower InternalDimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�
Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.
Series 2 Storage
56
Storage Towers Steel Front - Series 2 Pull24� Wide Storage Towers64� High
description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3
64� High tower with two box and one file drawerand door and wardrobe (left hand shown)
left hand 237/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y DT3WSLH6424BBFL $2,574. $2,961. $3,089.right hand 237/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y DT3WSRH6424BBFL 2,574. 2,961. 3,089.
64� High tower with two file drawers and doorand wardrobe (left hand shown)
left hand 237/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y DT3WSLH6424FFL 2,296. 2,643. 2,759.right hand 237/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y DT3WSRH6424FFL 2,296. 2,643. 2,759.
Order Code
Example: DT3SBLH6424BBFL-117
DT3 Series 2 Steel Front,Series 2 Pull
SB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access64 64� High24 24� WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish
Specification Information
For non-locking towers, deduct asfollows from the list price for eachunit:Deduct $30 for (1) lock unitDeduct $60 for (2) lock unitDeduct $75 for (3) lock unitSubstitute the ‘‘L’’ suffix with an‘‘N’’ within the pattern number todesignate a non-locking unit,example (DT4SLH5015BBFN)
Wardrobe and cupboard doors ofRecessed pull or Series 2 pull towerstyles are standard without ahandle.Handles may be ordered forcupboard doors as a special.
Application Notes
Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)
Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 15�, 24� and 30� widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)• 15�w Side Access and Display
towers include (1) lock.• 24�w and 30�w Side Access and
Display towers include (2) locks.• Front Access (only) towers with
wardrobe include (3) locks.
Critical Dimensions
Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�
50�, 57� and 64� Tower InternalDimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�
Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.
Series 2 Storage
57
Ser
ies
2D
ivid
ends
Fron
tS
tora
ge
Storage Towers Steel Front - Series 2 Pull24� Wide Storage Towers64� High
description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3
64� High Side Access Bookcase with two box andone file drawer with wardrobe (left hand shown)
left hand 237/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y DT3WSBLH6424BBFL $2,866. $3,295. $3,440.right hand 237/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y DT3WSBRH6424BBFL 2,866. 3,295. 3,440.
64� High Side Access Bookcase with two filedrawers with wardrobe (left hand shown)
left hand 237/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y DT3WSBLH6424FFL 2,768. 3,186. 3,325.right hand 237/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y DT3WSBRH6424FFL 2,768. 3,186. 3,325.
64� High Display tower with two box and one filedrawer and wardrobe (left hand shown)
left hand 237/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y DT3WBDLH6424BBFL 2,895. 3,330. 3,470.right hand 237/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y DT3WBDRH6424BBFL 2,895. 3,330. 3,470.
Order Code
Example: DT3SBLH6424BBFL-117
DT3 Series 2 Steel Front,Series 2 Pull
SB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access64 64� High24 24� WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish
Specification Information
For non-locking towers, deduct asfollows from the list price for eachunit:Deduct $30 for (1) lock unitDeduct $60 for (2) lock unitDeduct $75 for (3) lock unitSubstitute the ‘‘L’’ suffix with an‘‘N’’ within the pattern number todesignate a non-locking unit,example (DT4SLH5015BBFN)
Wardrobe and cupboard doors ofRecessed pull or Series 2 pull towerstyles are standard without ahandle.Handles may be ordered forcupboard doors as a special.
Application Notes
Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)
Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 15�, 24� and 30� widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)• 15�w Side Access and Display
towers include (1) lock.• 24�w and 30�w Side Access and
Display towers include (2) locks.• Front Access (only) towers with
wardrobe include (3) locks.
Critical Dimensions
Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�
50�, 57� and 64� Tower InternalDimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�
Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.
Series 2 Storage
58
Storage Towers Steel Front - Series 2 Pull24� Wide Storage Towers64� High
description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3
64� High Display tower with two file drawers andwardrobe (left hand shown)
left hand 237/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y DT3WBDLH6424FFL $2,793. $3,215. $3,353.right hand 237/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y DT3WBDRH6424FFL 2,793. 3,215. 3,353.
Order Code
Example: DT3SBLH6424BBFL-117
DT3 Series 2 Steel Front,Series 2 Pull
SB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access64 64� High24 24� WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish
Specification Information
For non-locking towers, deduct asfollows from the list price for eachunit:Deduct $30 for (1) lock unitDeduct $60 for (2) lock unitDeduct $75 for (3) lock unitSubstitute the ‘‘L’’ suffix with an‘‘N’’ within the pattern number todesignate a non-locking unit,example (DT4SLH5015BBFN)
Wardrobe and cupboard doors ofRecessed pull or Series 2 pull towerstyles are standard without ahandle.Handles may be ordered forcupboard doors as a special.
Application Notes
Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)
Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 15�, 24� and 30� widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)• 15�w Side Access and Display
towers include (1) lock.• 24�w and 30�w Side Access and
Display towers include (2) locks.• Front Access (only) towers with
wardrobe include (3) locks.
Critical Dimensions
Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�
50�, 57� and 64� Tower InternalDimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�
Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.
Series 2 Storage
59
Ser
ies
2D
ivid
ends
Fron
tS
tora
ge
Storage Towers Steel Front - Series 2 Pull24� Wide Storage Towers50� High
description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3
50� High tower with two box and one filedrawer, door, wardrobe (Left hand shown)
left hand 237/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y DT3FWSLH5024BBFL $2,503. $2,874. $2,998.right hand 237/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y DT3FWSRH5024BBFL 2,503. 2,874. 2,998.
50� High tower with two file drawers,door, wardrobe (Left hand shown)
left hand 237/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y DT3FWSLH5024FFL 2,255. 2,589. 2,697.right hand 237/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y DT3FWSRH5024FFL 2,255. 2,589. 2,697.
Order Code
Example: DT3FSLH5024L- 117
DT3F Series 2 Full HeightSteel Door, Series 2 Pull
S Storage DoorLH Left Hand Hinge50 50� High24 24� WideL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish
Specification Information
For non-locking towers, deduct asfollows from the list price for eachunit:Deduct $30 for (1) lock unitDeduct $60 for (2) lock unitDeduct $75 for (3) lock unitSubstitute the ‘‘L’’ suffix with an‘‘N’’ within the pattern number todesignate a non-locking unit,example (DT4SLH5015BBFN)
Wardrobe and cupboard doors ofRecessed pull or Series 2 pull towerstyles are standard without ahandle.Handles may be ordered forcupboard doors as a special.
Application Notes
Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)
Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 15�, 24� and 30� widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)• 15�w Side Access and Display
towers include (1) lock.• 24�w and 30�w Side Access and
Display towers include (2) locks.• Front Access (only) towers with
wardrobe include (3) locks.
Critical Dimensions
Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�
50�, 57� and 64� Tower InternalDimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�
Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.
Series 2 Storage
60
Storage Towers Steel Front - Series 2 Pull24� Wide Storage Towers57� High
description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3
57� High tower with two box and one filedrawer, door, wardrobe (Left hand shown)
left hand 237/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y DT3FWSLH5724BBFL $2,595. $2,979. $3,106.right hand 237/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y DT3FWSRH5724BBFL 2,595. 2,979. 3,106.
57� High tower with two file drawers,door, wardrobe (Left hand shown)
left hand 237/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y DT3FWSLH5724FFL 2,326. 2,670. 2,782.right hand 237/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y DT3FWSRH5724FFL 2,326. 2,670. 2,782.
Order Code
Example: DT3FWSLH5724BBFL-117
DT3F Series 2 Full HeightSteel Door, Series 2 Pull
WS Wardrobe and Singledoor
LH Left Hand Hinge57 57� High24 24� WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish
Specification Information
For non-locking towers, deduct asfollows from the list price for eachunit:Deduct $30 for (1) lock unitDeduct $60 for (2) lock unitDeduct $75 for (3) lock unitSubstitute the ‘‘L’’ suffix with an‘‘N’’ within the pattern number todesignate a non-locking unit,example (DT4SLH5015BBFN)
Wardrobe and cupboard doors ofRecessed pull or Series 2 pull towerstyles are standard without ahandle.Handles may be ordered forcupboard doors as a special.
Application Notes
Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)
Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 15�, 24� and 30� widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)• 15�w Side Access and Display
towers include (1) lock.• 24�w and 30�w Side Access and
Display towers include (2) locks.• Front Access (only) towers with
wardrobe include (3) locks.
Critical Dimensions
Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�
50�, 57� and 64� Tower InternalDimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer width: 183/8�
Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.
Series 2 Storage
61
Ser
ies
2D
ivid
ends
Fron
tS
tora
ge
Storage Towers Steel Front - Series 2 Pull24� Wide Storage Towers64� High
description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3
64� High tower with two box and one filedrawer, door, wardrobe (Left hand shown)
left hand 237/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y DT3FWSLH6424BBFL $2,611. $2,998. $3,126.right hand 237/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y DT3FWSRH6424BBFL 2,611. 2,998. 3,126.
64� High tower with two file drawers,door, wardrobe (Left hand shown)
left hand 237/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y DT3FWSLH6424FFL 2,335. 2,679. 2,796.right hand 237/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y DT3FWSRH6424FFL 2,335. 2,679. 2,796.
Order Code
Example: DT3FSLH6424L- 117
DT3F Series 2 Full HeightSteel Door, Series 2 Pull
S Storage DoorLH Left Hand Hinge64 64� High24 24� WideL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish
Specification Information
For non-locking towers, deduct asfollows from the list price for eachunit:Deduct $30 for (1) lock unitDeduct $60 for (2) lock unitDeduct $75 for (3) lock unitSubstitute the ‘‘L’’ suffix with an‘‘N’’ within the pattern number todesignate a non-locking unit,example (DT4SLH5015BBFN)
Wardrobe and cupboard doors ofRecessed pull or Series 2 pull towerstyles are standard without ahandle.Handles may be ordered forcupboard doors as a special.
Application Notes
Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)
Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 15�, 24� and 30� widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)• 15�w Side Access and Display
towers include (1) lock.• 24�w and 30�w Side Access and
Display towers include (2) locks.• Front Access (only) towers with
wardrobe include (3) locks.
Critical Dimensions
Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�
50�, 57� and 64� Tower InternalDimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�
Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.
Series 2 Storage
62
Storage Towers Steel Front - Series 2 Pull30� Wide Storage Towers50� High
description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3
50� High tower with two file drawers and doorand wardrobe (left hand shown)
left hand 297/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y DT3WSLH5030FFL $2,401. $2,762. $2,885.right hand 297/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y DT3WSRH5030FFL 2,401. 2,762. 2,885.
50� High tower with two box and one file drawerand door and wardrobe (left hand shown)
left hand 297/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y DT3WSLH5030BBFL 2,598. 2,986. 3,115.right hand 297/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y DT3WSRH5030BBFL 2,598. 2,986. 3,115.
Order Code
Example: DT3WSLH5030BBFL-117
DT3 Series 2 Steel Front,Series 2 Pull
WS Wardrobe and SingleDoor
LH Left Hand Access50 50� High30 30� WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish
Specification Information
For non-locking towers, deduct asfollows from the list price for eachunit:Deduct $30 for (1) lock unitDeduct $60 for (2) lock unitDeduct $75 for (3) lock unitSubstitute the ‘‘L’’ suffix with an‘‘N’’ within the pattern number todesignate a non-locking unit,example (DT4SLH5015BBFN)
Wardrobe and cupboard doors ofRecessed pull or Series 2 pull towerstyles are standard without ahandle.Handles may be ordered forcupboard doors as a special.
Application Notes
Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)
Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 15�, 24� and 30� widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)• 15�w Side Access and Display
towers include (1) lock.• 24�w and 30�w Side Access and
Display towers include (2) locks.• Front Access (only) towers with
wardrobe include (3) locks.
Critical Dimensions
Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�
50�, 57� and 64� Tower InternalDimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�
Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.
Series 2 Storage
63
Ser
ies
2D
ivid
ends
Fron
tS
tora
ge
Storage Towers Steel Front - Series 2 Pull30� Wide Storage Towers57� High
description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3
57� High tower with two box and one file drawerand door and wardrobe (left hand shown)
left hand 297/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y DT3WSLH5730BBFL $2,722. $3,126. $3,265.right hand 297/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y DT3WSRH5730BBFL 2,722. 3,126. 3,265.
57� High tower with two file drawers and doorand wardrobe (left hand shown)
left hand 297/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y DT3WSLH5730FFL 2,528. 2,907. 3,032.right hand 297/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y DT3WSRH5730FFL 2,528. 2,907. 3,032.
Order Code
Example: DT3WSLH5730BBFL-117
DT3 Series 2 Steel Front,Series 2 Pull
WS Wardrobe and SingleDoor
LH Left Hand Access57 57� High30 30� WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish
Specification Information
For non-locking towers, deduct asfollows from the list price for eachunit:Deduct $30 for (1) lock unitDeduct $60 for (2) lock unitDeduct $75 for (3) lock unitSubstitute the ‘‘L’’ suffix with an‘‘N’’ within the pattern number todesignate a non-locking unit,example (DT4SLH5015BBFN)
Wardrobe and cupboard doors ofRecessed pull or Series 2 pull towerstyles are standard without ahandle.Handles may be ordered forcupboard doors as a special.
Application Notes
Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)
Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 15�, 24� and 30� widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)• 15�w Side Access and Display
towers include (1) lock.• 24�w and 30�w Side Access and
Display towers include (2) locks.• Front Access (only) towers with
wardrobe include (3) locks.
Critical Dimensions
Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�
50�, 57�and 64� Tower InternalDimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�
Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.
Series 2 Storage
64
Storage Towers Steel Front - Series 2 Pull30� Wide Storage Towers64� High
description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3
64� High tower with two box and one file drawerand door and wardrobe (left hand shown)
left hand 297/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y DT3WSLH6430BBFL $2,768. $3,186. $3,325.right hand 297/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y DT3WSRH6430BBFL 2,768. 3,186. 3,325.
64� High tower with two file drawers and doorand wardrobe (left hand shown)
left hand 297/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y DT3WSLH6430FFL 2,584. 2,971. 3,101.right hand 297/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y DT3WSRH6430FFL 2,584. 2,971. 3,101.
Order Code
Example: DT3WSLH6430BBFL-117
DT3 Series 2 Steel Front,Series 2 Pull
WS Wardrobe and SingleDoor
LH Left Hand Access64 64� High30 30� WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish
Specification Information
For non-locking towers, deduct asfollows from the list price for eachunit:Deduct $30 for (1) lock unitDeduct $60 for (2) lock unitDeduct $75 for (3) lock unitSubstitute the ‘‘L’’ suffix with an‘‘N’’ within the pattern number todesignate a non-locking unit,example (DT4SLH5015BBFN)
Wardrobe and cupboard doors ofRecessed pull or Series 2 pull towerstyles are standard without ahandle.Handles may be ordered forcupboard doors as a special.
Application Notes
Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)
Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 15�, 24� and 30� widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)• 15�w Side Access and Display
towers include (1) lock.• 24�w and 30�w Side Access and
Display towers include (2) locks.• Front Access (only) towers with
wardrobe include (3) locks.
Critical Dimensions
Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�
50�, 57� and 64� Tower InternalDimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�
Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.
Series 2 Storage
65
Ser
ies
2D
ivid
ends
Fron
tS
tora
ge
Pedestals Laminate and Veneer Front - Template PullFloorstanding Pedestals
description w d h lock pattern no. L1 L2 V1 V2 P1 P2 P3
Floorstanding Pedestal with two box and one filedrawer with lock
147/8� 171/4� 267/8� Y BS2PFL18A(L/V) $962. $1,024. $1,194. $1,291.147/8� 231/4� 267/8� Y BS2PFL24A(L/V) 958. 986. 1,152. 1,243.147/8� 291/4� 267/8� Y BS2PFL30A(L/V) 1,099. 1,153. 1,347. 1,450.
Floorstanding Pedestal with two file drawers withlock
147/8� 171/4� 267/8� Y BS2PFL18B(L/V) 877. 930. 1,143. 1,232.147/8� 231/4� 267/8� Y BS2PFL24B(L/V) 843. 890. 1,101. 1,190.147/8� 291/4� 267/8� Y BS2PFL30B(L/V) 972. 1,030. 1,314. 1,416.
Series 2 FloorstandingPedestal Case Back
147/8� N/A 267/8� N/A DS2XPB 0. 0. 0. 0. 112. 127. 130.
Order Code
Example: BS2PFL24A-VC 113
BS2 Series 2 Veneer FrontPF Pedestal FloorstandingL Locking24 DepthA Box/Box/FileVC Front Finish, Med
Cherry113 Dark Grey
Specification Information
Deduct $20 from the list price fornon-locking units. Substitute the‘‘L’’ with a ‘‘N’’ within the patternnumber to designate a non-lockingunit, example (RS2PFN18A).
Note: 24� deep floorstandingpedestals do not include a backpanel. Back panels must be orderedseparately. 18� and 30�floorstanding pedestals have backsstandard.
Note:Be sure to specify a paintfinish for the case as well as aveneer selection for the fronts.
Add an ‘‘F’’ to the end of the patternnumber to receive full extensionslides on all box drawers. Upchargeis $25 list per pedestal.
Application Notes
Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See pedestalaccessories page (109), for pricingand ordering information)
Note: Do not use with Reff DeskHeight components
Template Pull length:Steel and Veneer fronts receive 2�pulls on doors and 3� pulls ondrawers.Laminate fronts receive 5� pullson all doors and drawers.
Critical Dimensions
Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�
24� Deep Floorstanding PedestalInternal Drawer Dimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 18 3/8’
Series 2 Storage
66
Pedestals Laminate and Veneer Front - Template PullMobile Pedestals
description w d h pattern no. L1 L2 V1 V2
Mobile Pedestal with two box and one file drawer 147/8� 163/4� 263/8� BS2PML18A(L/V) $1,352. $1,404. $1,608. $1,731.147/8� 223/4� 263/8� BS2PML24A(L/V) 1,092. 1,371. 1,608. 1,731.
Mobile Pedestal with two file drawers 147/8� 163/4� 263/8� BS2PML18B(L/V) 1,226. 1,279. 1,608. 1,731.147/8� 223/4� 263/8� BS2PML24B(L/V) 1,093. 1,151. 1,608. 1,731.
Mobile Pedestal with one box and one file drawer 147/8� 163/4� 205/8� BS2PML18F(L/V) 1,150. 1,192. 1,452. 1,566.147/8� 223/4� 205/8� BS2PML24F(L/V) 1,008. 1,049. 1,452. 1,566.
Order Code
Example: BS2PML24A-VC 113
BS2 Series 2 Veneer FrontPM Pedestal MobileL Locking24 DepthA Box/Box/FileVC Front Finish, Med
Cherry113 Dark Grey
Specification Information
Add $55 list for Mobile Handle.Add a ‘‘P’’ between the ‘‘L’’ lockcode and the case size to designatethe handle option, example(RS2PMLP24A)
Deduct $35 list for units without atop. Add an ‘‘O’’ in place of the ‘‘M’’in the pattern number to designatethe no-top option, example(RS2POL18A)
Add an ‘‘F’’ to the end of the patternnumber to receive full extensionslides on all box drawers. Upchargeis $25 list per pedestal.
Application Notes
Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See pedestalaccessories page (109), for pricingand ordering information)
Note: Do not use with Reff DeskHigh Components
Template Pull length:Steel and Veneer fronts receive 2�pulls on doors and 3� pulls ondrawers.Laminate fronts receive 5� pullson all doors and drawers.
Critical Dimensions
Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�
Mobile Pedestal Internal DrawerDimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�
Series 2 Storage
67
Ser
ies
2Te
mpl
ate
Fron
tS
tora
ge
Pedestals Laminate and Veneer Front - Template PullDouble Wide Pedestals
description w d h lock pattern no. L1 L2 V1 V2
Doublewide Pedestal with two file drawers 30� 183/4� 267/8� Y BS2DW30L(L/V) $1,368. $1,430. $1,622. $1,671.36� 183/4� 267/8� Y BS2DW36L(L/V) 1,461. 1,535. 1,794. 1,845.
Order Code
Example: BS2DW30L-VC 113
BS2 Series 2 Veneer FrontDW Doublewide Pedestal30 30� wideL LockingVC Front Finish, Med
Cherry113 Dark Grey
Specification Information
Deduct $20 from the list price fornon-locking units. Substitute the‘‘L’’ suffix with a ‘‘N’’ within thepattern number to designate anon-locking unit, example(RS2DW30N).
Note: Do not use with Reff DeskHeight Components
Doublewide pedestals includehanging file bars for letter and legalfront-to-back and side-to-side filing.
Application Notes
Doublewide pedestals are notintended for freestanding use andmust be secured beneath asupported worksurface. (See Calibrelateral files price list for two drawerfiles that can be used forfreestanding applications)
Template Pull length:Steel and Veneer fronts receive 2�pulls on doors and 3� pulls ondrawers.Laminate fronts receive 5� pullson all doors and drawers.
Critical Dimensions
Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�
Doublewide Pedestal DrawerInternal Dimensions• Lateral drawer height: 93/4�• Lateral drawer width: 263/4� and
323/4�• Lateral drawer depth: 153/4�
Series 2 Storage
68
Storage Towers Laminate and Veneer Front - Template Pull15� Wide Storage Towers50� High
description type w d h lock pattern no. L1 L2 V1 V2
50� High Single Door tower with two box and onefile drawer (right hand shown)
left hand 147/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y BT3SLH5015BBFL(L/V) $2,623. $2,721. $4,126. $4,448.right hand 147/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y BT3SRH5015BBFL(L/V) 2,623. 2,721. 4,126. 4,448.
50� High Single Door tower with two file drawers(right hand shown)
left hand 147/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y BT3SLH5015FFL(L/V) 2,415. 2,519. 3,719. 4,012.right hand 147/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y BT3SRH5015FFL(L/V) 2,415. 2,519. 3,719. 4,012.
Order Code
Example: BT3SLH5715FFL-VC113
BT3 Series 2 Veneer FrontS Single DoorLH Left Hand Access57 57� High15 15� WideF File DrawerF File DrawerL LockingVC Front Finish Medium
Cherry113 Case Finish Dark Grey
Specification Information
For non-locking towers, deduct asfollows from the list price for eachunit:Deduct $30 for (1) lock unitDeduct $60 for (2) lock unitDeduct $75 for (3) lock unitSubstitute the ‘‘L’’ suffix with an‘‘N’’ within the pattern number todesignate a non-locking unit,example (BT4SLH5715FFN)
Template Pull length:Steel and Veneer fronts receive 2�pulls on doors and 3� pulls ondrawers.Laminate fronts receive 5� pullson all doors and drawers.
Application Notes
Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)
Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 15�, 24� and 30� widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)
Note: Laminate/Veneer fronttowers are comprised of a steelcase with wood laminate/veneerfronts and top.
• 15�w Side Access and Displaytowers include (1) lock.
• 24�w and 30�w Side Access andDisplay towers include (2) locks.
• Front Access (only) towers withwardrobe include (3) locks.
Critical Dimensions
Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�
42�, 50�, 57� and 64� Tower InternalDimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�
Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.
Series 2 Storage
69
Ser
ies
2Te
mpl
ate
Fron
tS
tora
ge
Storage Towers Laminate and Veneer Front - Template Pull15� Wide Storage Towers57� High
description type w d h lock pattern no. L1 L2 V1 V2
57� High Single Door tower with two box and onefile drawer (right hand shown)
left hand 147/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y BT3SLH5715BBFL(L/V) $2,688. $2,802. $4,226. $4,554.right hand 147/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y BT3SRH5715BBFL(L/V) 2,688. 2,802. 4,226. 4,554.
57� High Single Door tower with two file drawers(right hand shown)
left hand 147/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y BT3SLH5715FFL(L/V) 2,481. 2,601. 3,819. 4,119.right hand 147/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y BT3SRH5715FFL(L/V) 2,481. 2,601. 3,819. 4,119.
Order Code
Example: BT3SLH5715FFL-VC113
BT3 Series 2 Veneer FrontS Single DoorLH Left Hand Access57 57� High15 15� WideF File DrawerF File DrawerL LockingVC Front Finish Medium
Cherry113 Case Finish Dark Grey
Specification Information
For non-locking towers, deduct asfollows from the list price for eachunit:Deduct $30 for (1) lock unitDeduct $60 for (2) lock unitDeduct $75 for (3) lock unitSubstitute the ‘‘L’’ suffix with an‘‘N’’ within the pattern number todesignate a non-locking unit,example (BT4SLH5715FFN)
Template Pull length:Steel and Veneer fronts receive 2�pulls on doors and 3� pulls ondrawers.Laminate fronts receive 5� pullson all doors and drawers.
Application Notes
Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)
Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 15�, 24� and 30� widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)
Note: Laminate/Veneer fronttowers are comprised of a steelcase with wood laminate/veneerfronts and top.
• 15�w Side Access and Displaytowers include (1) lock.
• Single door towers, double doortowers, 24�w and 30�w SideAccess and Display towersinclude (2) locks. (Exceptfull-height doors which include(1) lock)
• Front Access (only) towers withwardrobe include (3) locks.
Critical Dimensions
Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�
42�, 50�, 57� and 64� Tower InternalDimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�
Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.
Series 2 Storage
70
Storage Towers Laminate and Veneer Front - Template Pull15� Wide Storage Towers64� High
description type w d h lock pattern no. L1 L2 V1 V2
64� High Single Door tower with two box and onefile drawer (right hand shown)
left hand 147/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y BT3SLH6415BBFL(L/V) $2,722. $2,845. $4,319. $4,659.right hand 147/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y BT3SRH6415BBFL(L/V) 2,722. 2,845. 4,319. 4,659.
64� High Single Door tower with two file drawers(right hand shown)
left hand 147/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y BT3SLH6415FFL(L/V) 2,515. 2,643. 3,917. 4,226.right hand 147/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y BT3SRH6415FFL(L/V) 2,515. 2,643. 3,917. 4,226.
Order Code
Example: BT3SLH5715FFL-VC113
BT3 Series 2 Veneer FrontS Single DoorLH Left Hand Access57 57� High15 15� WideF File DrawerF File DrawerL LockingVC Front Finish Medium
Cherry113 Case Finish Dark Grey
For non-locking towers, deduct asfollows from the list price for eachunit:Deduct $30 for (1) lock unitDeduct $60 for (2) lock unitDeduct $75 for (3) lock unitSubstitute the ‘‘L’’ suffix with an‘‘N’’ within the pattern number todesignate a non-locking unit,example (BT4SLH5715FFN)
Template Pull length:Steel and Veneer fronts receive 2�pulls on doors and 3� pulls ondrawers.Laminate fronts receive 5� pullson all doors and drawers.
Application Notes
Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)
Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 15�, 24� and 30� widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)
Note: Laminate/Veneer fronttowers are comprised of a steelcase with wood laminate/veneerfronts and top.
• 15�w Side Access and Displaytowers include (1) lock.
• 24�w and 30�w Side Access andDisplay towers include (2) locks.
• Front Access (only) towers withwardrobe include (3) locks.
Critical Dimensions
Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�
42�, 50�, 57� and 64� Tower InternalDimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�
Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.
Series 2 Storage
71
Ser
ies
2Te
mpl
ate
Fron
tS
tora
ge
Storage Towers Laminate and Veneer Front - Template Pull24� Wide Storage Towers50� High
description type w d h lock pattern no. L1 L2 V1 V2
50� High tower with two box and one file drawerand door and wardrobe (left hand shown)
left hand 237/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y BT3WSLH5024BBFL(L/V) $3,017. $3,187. $5,035. $5,426.right hand 237/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y BT3WSRH5024BBFL(L/V) 3,017. 3,187. 5,035. 5,426.
50� High tower with two file drawers and doorand wardrobe (left hand shown)
left hand 237/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y BT3WSLH5024FFL(L/V) 2,844. 3,020. 4,162. 4,482.right hand 237/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y BT3WSRH5024FFL(L/V) 2,844. 3,020. 4,162. 4,482.
Order Code
Example: BT3SLH5724FFL-VC113
BT3 Series 2 Veneer FrontS Single DoorLH Left Hand Access57 57� High24 24� WideF File DrawerF File DrawerL LockingVC Front Finish Medium
Cherry113 Case Finish Dark Grey
Specification Information
For non-locking towers, deduct asfollows from the list price for eachunit:Deduct $30 for (1) lock unitDeduct $60 for (2) lock unitDeduct $75 for (3) lock unitSubstitute the ‘‘L’’ suffix with an‘‘N’’ within the pattern number todesignate a non-locking unit,example (BT4SLH5715FFN)
Template Pull length:Steel and Veneer fronts receive 2�pulls on doors and 3� pulls ondrawers.Laminate fronts receive 5� pullson all doors and drawers.
Application Notes
Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)
Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 15�, 24� and 30� widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)
Note: Laminate/Veneer fronttowers are comprised of a steelcase with wood laminate/veneerfronts and top.
• 15�w Side Access and Displaytowers include (1) lock.
• 24�w and 30�w Side Access andDisplay towers include (2) locks.
• Front Access (only) towers withwardrobe include (3) locks.
Critical Dimensions
Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�
42�, 50�, 57� and 64� Tower InternalDimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�
Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.
Series 2 Storage
72
Storage Towers Laminate and Veneer Front - Template Pull24� Wide Storage Towers57� High
description type w d h lock pattern no. L1 L2 V1 V2
57� High tower with two file drawers and doorand wardrobe (left hand shown)
left hand 237/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y BT3WSLH5724FFL(L/V) $2,970. $3,172. $4,295. $4,625.right hand 237/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y BT3WSRH5724FFL(L/V) 2,970. 3,172. 4,295. 4,625.
57� High tower with two box and one file drawerand door and wardrobe (left hand shown)
left hand 237/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y BT3WSLH5724BBFL(L/V) 3,143. 3,339. 5,059. 5,452.right hand 237/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y BT3WSRH5724BBFL(L/V) 3,143. 3,339. 5,059. 5,452.
Order Code
Example: BT3SLH5724FFL-VC113
BT3 Series 2 Veneer FrontS Single DoorLH Left Hand Access57 57� High24 24� WideF File DrawerF File DrawerL LockingVC Front Finish Medium
Cherry113 Case Finish Dark Grey
Specification Information
For non-locking towers, deduct asfollows from the list price for eachunit:Deduct $30 for (1) lock unitDeduct $60 for (2) lock unitDeduct $75 for (3) lock unitSubstitute the ‘‘L’’ suffix with an‘‘N’’ within the pattern number todesignate a non-locking unit,example (BT4SLH5715FFN)
Template Pull length:Steel and Veneer fronts receive 2�pulls on doors and 3� pulls ondrawers.Laminate fronts receive 5� pullson all doors and drawers.
Application Notes
Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)
Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 15�, 24� and 30� widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)
Note: Laminate/Veneer fronttowers are comprised of a steelcase with wood laminate/veneerfronts and top.
• 15�w Side Access and Displaytowers include (1) lock.
• 24�w and 30�w Side Access andDisplay towers include (2) locks.
• Front Access (only) towers withwardrobe include (3) locks.
Critical Dimensions
Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�
42�, 50�, 57� and 64� Tower InternalDimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�
Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.
Series 2 Storage
73
Ser
ies
2Te
mpl
ate
Fron
tS
tora
ge
Storage Towers Laminate and Veneer Front - Template Pull24� Wide Storage Towers64� High
description type w d h lock pattern no. L1 L2 V1 V2
64� High tower with two box and one file drawerand door and wardrobe (left hand shown)
left hand 237/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y BT3WSLH6424BBFL(L/V) $3,160. $3,364. $5,072. $5,463.right hand 237/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y BT3WSRH6424BBFL(L/V) 3,160. 3,364. 5,072. 5,463.
64� High tower with two file drawers and doorand wardrobe (left hand shown)
left hand 237/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y BT3WSLH6424FFL(L/V) 2,987. 3,197. 4,350. 4,687.right hand 237/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y BT3WSRH6424FFL(L/V) 2,987. 3,197. 4,350. 4,687.
Order Code
Example: BT3SLH5724FFL-VC113
BT3 Series 2 Veneer FrontS Single DoorLH Left Hand Access57 57� High24 24� WideF File DrawerF File DrawerL LockingVC Front Finish Medium
Cherry113 Case Finish Dark Grey
Specification Information
For non-locking towers, deduct asfollows from the list price for eachunit:Deduct $30 for (1) lock unitDeduct $60 for (2) lock unitDeduct $75 for (3) lock unitSubstitute the ‘‘L’’ suffix with an‘‘N’’ within the pattern number todesignate a non-locking unit,example (BT4SLH5715FFN)
Template Pull length:Steel and Veneer fronts receive 2�pulls on doors and 3� pulls ondrawers.Laminate fronts receive 5� pullson all doors and drawers.
Application Notes
Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)
Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 15�, 24� and 30� widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)
Note: Laminate/Veneer fronttowers are comprised of a steelcase with wood laminate/veneerfronts and top.
• 15�w Side Access and Displaytowers include (1) lock.
• 24�w and 30�w Side Access andDisplay towers include (2) locks.
• Front Access (only) towers withwardrobe include (3) locks.
Critical Dimensions
Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�
42�, 50�, 57� and 64� Tower InternalDimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�
Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.
Series 2 Storage
74
Storage Towers Laminate and Veneer Front - Template Pull30� Wide Storage Towers50� High
description type w d h lock pattern no. L1 L2 V1 V2
50� High tower with two box and one file drawerand door and wardrobe (left hand shown)
left hand 297/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y BT3WSLH5030BBFL(L/V) $3,146. $3,356. $4,923. $5,312.right hand 297/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y BT3WSRH5030BBFL(L/V) 3,146. 3,356. 4,923. 5,312.
50� High tower with two file drawers and doorand wardrobe (left hand shown)
left hand 297/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y BT3WSLH5030FFL(L/V) 2,970. 3,190. 4,558. 4,913.right hand 297/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y BT3WSRH5030FFL(L/V) 2,970. 3,190. 4,558. 4,913.
Order Code
Example: BT3WSLH5730BBFL-VC 113
BT3 Series 2 Veneer FrontWS Wardrobe and Single
DoorLH Left Hand Access57 57� High30 30� WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL LockingVC Front Finish Medium
Grey113 Case Finish Dark Grey
Specification Information
For non-locking towers, deduct asfollows from the list price for eachunit:Deduct $30 for (1) lock unitDeduct $60 for (2) lock unitDeduct $75 for (3) lock unitSubstitute the ‘‘L’’ suffix with an‘‘N’’ within the pattern number todesignate a non-locking unit,example (BT4SLH5715FFN)
Template Pull length:Steel and Veneer fronts receive 2�pulls on doors and 3� pulls ondrawers.Laminate fronts receive 5� pullson all doors and drawers.
Application Notes
Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)
Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 15�, 24� and 30� widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)
Note: Laminate/Veneer fronttowers are comprised of a steelcase with wood laminate/veneerfronts and top.
• 15�w Side Access and Displaytowers include (1) lock.
• 24�w and 30�w Side Access andDisplay towers include (2) locks.
• Front Access (only) towers withwardrobe include (3) locks.
Critical Dimensions
Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�
42�, 50�, 57� and 64� Tower InternalDimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�
Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.
Series 2 Storage
75
Ser
ies
2Te
mpl
ate
Fron
tS
tora
ge
Storage Towers Laminate and Veneer Front - Template Pull30� Wide Storage Towers57� High
description type w d h lock pattern no. L1 L2 V1 V2
57� High tower with two box and one file drawerand door and wardrobe (left hand shown)
left hand 297/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y BT3WSLH5730BBFL(L/V) $3,314. $3,553. $5,158. $5,560.right hand 297/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y BT3WSRH5730BBFL(L/V) 3,314. 3,553. 5,158. 5,560.
57� High tower with two file drawers and doorand wardrobe (left hand shown)
left hand 297/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y BT3WSLH5730FFL(L/V) 3,141. 3,385. 4,792. 5,171.right hand 297/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y BT3WSRH5730FFL(L/V) 3,141. 3,385. 4,792. 5,171.
Order Code
Example: BT3WSLH5730BBFL-VC 113
BT3 Series 2 Veneer FrontWS Wardrobe and Single
DoorLH Left Hand Access57 57� High30 30� WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL LockingVC Front Finish Medium
Grey113 Case Finish Dark Grey
Specification Information
For non-locking towers, deduct asfollows from the list price for eachunit:Deduct $30 for (1) lock unitDeduct $60 for (2) lock unitDeduct $75 for (3) lock unitSubstitute the ‘‘L’’ suffix with an‘‘N’’ within the pattern number todesignate a non-locking unit,example (BT4SLH5715FFN)
Template Pull length:Steel and Veneer fronts receive 2�pulls on doors and 3� pulls ondrawers.Laminate fronts receive 5� pullson all doors and drawers.
Application Notes
Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)
Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 15�, 24� and 30� widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)
Note: Laminate/Veneer fronttowers are comprised of a steelcase with wood laminate/veneerfronts and top.
• 15�w Side Access and Displaytowers include (1) lock.
• 24�w and 30�w Side Access andDisplay towers include (2) locks.
• Front Access (only) towers withwardrobe include (3) locks.
Critical Dimensions
Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�
42�, 50�, 57� and 64� Tower InternalDimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�
Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.
Series 2 Storage
76
Storage Towers Laminate and Veneer Front - Template Pull30� Wide Storage Towers64� High
description type w d h lock pattern no. L1 L2 V1 V2
64� High tower with two box and one file drawerand door and wardrobe (left hand shown)
left hand 297/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y BT3WSLH6430BBFL(L/V) $3,323. $3,578. $5,251. $5,664.right hand 297/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y BT3WSRH6430BBFL(L/V) 3,323. 3,578. 5,251. 5,664.
64� High tower with two file drawers and doorand wardrobe (left hand shown)
left hand 297/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y BT3WSLH6430FFL(L/V) 3,150. 3,409. 4,896. 5,281.right hand 297/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y BT3WSRH6430FFL(L/V) 3,150. 3,409. 4,896. 5,281.
Order Code
Example: BT3WSLH5730BBFL-VC 113
BT3 Series 2 Veneer FrontWS Wardrobe and Single
DoorLH Left Hand Access57 57� High30 30� WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL LockingVC Front Finish Medium
Grey113 Case Finish Dark Grey
Specification Information
For non-locking towers, deduct asfollows from the list price for eachunit:Deduct $30 for (1) lock unitDeduct $60 for (2) lock unitDeduct $75 for (3) lock unitSubstitute the ‘‘L’’ suffix with an‘‘N’’ within the pattern number todesignate a non-locking unit,example (BT4SLH5715FFN)
Template Pull length:Steel and Veneer fronts receive 2�pulls on doors and 3� pulls ondrawers.Laminate fronts receive 5� pullson all doors and drawers.
Application Notes
Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)
Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 15�, 24� and 30� widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)
Note: Laminate/Veneer fronttowers are comprised of a steelcase with wood laminate/veneerfronts and top.
• 15�w Side Access and Displaytowers include (1) lock.
• 24�w and 30�w Side Access andDisplay towers include (2) locks.
• Front Access (only) towers withwardrobe include (3) locks.
Critical Dimensions
Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�
42�, 50�, 57� and 64� Tower InternalDimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�
Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.
Series 2 Storage
77
Ser
ies
2Te
mpl
ate
Fron
tS
tora
ge
Pedestals Open and Steel Front - Template PullFloorstanding Pedestals
description w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3
Floorstanding Pedestal with twobox and one file drawer with lock
147/8� 171/4� 267/8� Y BS2PFL18A(S/L/V) $887. $1,021. $1,065.147/8� 231/4� 267/8� Y BS2PFL24A(S/L/V) 761. 878. 913.147/8� 291/4� 267/8� Y BS2PFL30A(S/L/V) 1,024. 1,179. 1,236.
Floorstanding Pedestal with twofile drawers with lock
147/8� 171/4� 267/8� Y BS2PFL18B(S/L/V) 854. 984. 1,024.147/8� 231/4� 267/8� Y BS2PFL24B(S/L/V) 722. 832. 865.147/8� 291/4� 267/8� Y BS2PFL30B(S/L/V) 981. 1,127. 1,175.
Series 2 FloorstandingPedestal Case Back
147/8� N/A 267/8� N/A DS2XPB 112. 127. 130.
Order Code
Example: BS2PFL24AS-117
BS2 Series 2 Steel FrontPF Pedestal FloorstandingL Locking24 DepthA Box/Box/FileS Steel Front117 Soft Grey paint finish
Specification Information
Deduct $15 from the list price fornon-locking units. Substitute the‘‘L’’ with a ‘‘N’’ within the patternnumber to designate a non-lockingunit, example (DS2PFN18A).
Note:24� deep floorstanding pedestals donot include a back panel. Backpanels must be ordered separately.18� and 30� floorstanding pedestalshave backs standard.
Add an ‘‘F’’ to the end of the patternnumber to receive full extensionslides on all box drawers. Upchargeis $25 list per pedestal.
Application Notes
Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See pedestalaccessories page (109), for pricingand ordering information )
Add a ‘‘Y’’ to the end of the patternnumber to specify a front color thatis different than the case color. P3pricing automatically applies for allcolors when utilizing this option.
Template Pull length:Steel and Veneer fronts receive 2�pulls on doors and 3� pulls ondrawers.Laminate fronts receive 5� pullson all doors and drawers.
Critical Dimensions
Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�
24� Deep Floorstanding PedestalInternal Drawer Dimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�
Series 2 Storage
78
Pedestals Open and Steel Front - Template PullMobile Pedestals
description w d h pattern no. P1 P2 P3
Mobile Pedestal with two box and one file drawer 147/8� 163/4� 263/8� BS2PML18AS $1,432. $1,645. $1,715.147/8� 223/4� 263/8� BS2PML24AS 1,015. 1,171. 1,223.
Mobile Pedestal with two file drawers 147/8� 163/4� 263/8� BS2PML18BS 1,387. 1,596. 1,666.147/8� 223/4� 263/8� BS2PML24BS 1,015. 1,171. 1,223.
Mobile Pedestal with one box and one file drawer 147/8� 163/4� 205/8� BS2PML18FS 1,272. 1,464. 1,526.147/8� 223/4� 205/8� BS2PML24FS 911. 1,049. 1,092.
Order Code
Example: DS2PML24A-117
DS2 Series 2 Steel FrontPM Pedestal MobileL Locking24 DepthA Box/Box/FileS Steel Front117 Soft Grey paint finish
Specification Information
Add $55 list for Mobile Handle.Add a ‘‘P’’ between the ‘‘L’’ lockcode and the case size to designatethe handle option, example(DS2PMLP24A)
Deduct $35 list for units without atop. Add an ‘‘O’’ in place of the ‘‘M’’in the pattern number to designatethe no-top option, example(DS2POL18A)
Add an ‘‘F’’ to the end of the patternnumber to receive full extensionslides on all box drawers. Upchargeis $25 list per pedestal.
Application Notes
Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See pedestalaccessories page (109), for pricingand ordering information)
Add a ‘‘Y’’ to the end of the patternnumber to specify a front color thatis different than the case color. P3pricing automatically applies for allcolors when utilizing this option.
Template Pull length:Steel and Veneer fronts receive 2�pulls on doors and 3� pulls ondrawers.Laminate fronts receive 5� pullson all doors and drawers.
Critical Dimensions
Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�
24� Deep Floorstanding PedestalInternal Drawer Dimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�
Series 2 Storage
79
Ser
ies
2Te
mpl
ate
Fron
tS
tora
ge
Pedestals Open and Steel Front - Template PullDouble Wide Pedestals
description w d h pattern no. P1 P2 P3
Doublewide Pedestal with two file drawers 30� 183/4� 267/8� BS2DW30LS $1,349. $1,550. $1,616.36� 183/4� 267/8� BS2DW36LS 1,424. 1,637. 1,709.
Doublewide Pedestal open 18� 183/4� 267/8� BS2DW18O 850. 977. 1,019.24� 183/4� 267/8� BS2DW24O 887. 1,020. 1,065.30� 183/4� 267/8� BS2DW30O 902. 1,037. 1,082.36� 183/4� 267/8� BS2DW36O 958. 1,102. 1,150.
Order Code
Example: DS2DW30L-117
DS2 Series 2 Steel FrontDW Doublewide Pedestal30 30� wideL LockingS Steel Front117 Soft Grey paint finish
Specification Information
Deduct $20 from the list price fornon-locking units. Substitute the‘‘L’’ suffix with an ‘‘N’’ within thepattern number to designate anon-locking unit, example(DS2DW36L).
Open doublewide pedestals featuretwo available adjustable shelfpositions with one adjustable shelfincluded standard. Additionalshelves may be specified separately,see Pedestal Accessories.
Application Notes
Doublewide pedestals are notintended for freestanding use andmust be secured beneath a panelsupported worksurface. (See Calibrelateral files price list for two drawerfiles that can be used forfreestanding applications)
Add a ‘‘Y’’ to the end of the patternnumber to specify a front color thatis different than the case color. P3pricing automatically applies for allcolors when utilizing this option.
Template Pull length:Steel and Veneer fronts receive 2�pulls on doors and 3� pulls ondrawers.Laminate fronts receive 5� pullson all doors and drawers.
Critical Dimensions
Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�.
Doublewide Pedestal InternalDrawer Dimensions• Lateral drawer height: 93/4�• Lateral drawer width: 263/4� and
323/24�• Lateral drawer depth: 153/4�
Series 2 Storage
80
Credenzas Open, Steel and Laminate Front - Template PullCredenza - Single Open Unit
description w d h configuration pattern no. L1 L2
Credenza - Single Open Unit 18� 183/4� 221/2� 18� open BS2C2218O $968. $979.24� 183/4� 221/2� 24� open BS2C2224O 980. 1,046.30� 183/4� 221/2� 30� open BS2C2230O 972. 1,057.36� 183/4� 221/2� 36� open BS2C2236O 1,025. 1,141.
Order Code
Example: BS2C2230BL(S/L)
BS2 Template FrontC22 Credenza 22� high30 30 wideB Box/File configurationL Locking(S/L) Steel or Laminate front
Specification Information
Credenzas are non-handed uponspecification. Configurationscontaining 2 units may be arrangedas left or right handed uponinstallation. Ganging hardware(provided) attaches units from theunderside, allowing units to beconverted in the future.
For Open and Steel front: L1/L2pricing is based on top finish. ForLaminate front: L1/L2 pricing isbased on top and front finish.
Application Notes
Credenza units may be used infreestanding position. Completeunits without drawers do not requirecounterweight. Units with drawersmay require counterweight infreestanding position. Refer to Series2 Overview - Series 2 Credenzasection for specifics.
Extended leveler kit may bespecified separately for unitsoverlaying table foot.
Template Pull length:Credenzas with Steel and Laminatefronts receive 5� pulls on drawers.
Critical Dimensions
Dimensions under, w,d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�.
Credenza Internal DrawerDimensions• Lateral drawer height: 93/4�• Lateral drawer width: 263/4� and
323/4�• Lateral drawer depth: 153/4�
Series 2 Storage
81
Ser
ies
2Te
mpl
ate
Fron
tS
tora
ge
Credenzas Open, Steel and Laminate Front - Template PullCredenza - Double Open Unit
description w d h configuration pattern no. L1 L2
Credenza - Double Open Unit 36� 183/4� 221/2� 18� + 18� open BS2C2236O18O18 $1,501. $1,604.42� 183/4� 221/2� 18� + 24� open BS2C2242O24O18 1,569. 1,673.48� 183/4� 221/2� 24� + 24� open BS2C2248O24O24 1,663. 1,776.48� 183/4� 221/2� 30� + 18� open BS2C2248O30O18 1,643. 1,756.54� 183/4� 221/2� 30� + 24� open BS2C2254O30O24 1,695. 1,824.54� 183/4� 221/2� 36� + 18� open BS2C2254O36O18 1,714. 1,843.60� 183/4� 221/2� 30� + 30� open BS2C2260O30O30 1,724. 1,872.60� 183/4� 221/2� 36� + 24� open BS2C2260O36O24 1,687. 1,834.66� 183/4� 221/2� 36� + 30� open BS2C2266O36O30 1,795. 1,954.72� 183/4� 221/2� 36� + 36� open BS2C2272O36O36 1,829. 2,005.
Order Code
Example: BS2C2230BL(S/L)
BS2 Template FrontC22 Credenza 22� high30 30 wideB Box/File configurationL Locking(S/L) Steel or Laminate front
Specification Information
Credenzas are non-handed uponspecification. Configurationscontaining 2 units may be arrangedas left or right handed uponinstallation. Ganging hardware(provided) attaches units from theunderside, allowing units to beconverted in the future.
For Steel front: L1/L2 pricing isbased on top finish. For Laminatefront: L1/L2 pricing is based on topand front finish.
Application Notes
Credenza units may be used infreestanding position. Completeunits without drawers do not requirecounterweight. Units with drawersrequire counterweight infreestanding position.
Template Pull length:Credenzas with Steel and Laminatefronts receive 5� pulls on drawers.
Critical Dimensions
Dimensions under, w,d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�.
Credenza Internal DrawerDimensions• Lateral drawer height: 93/4�• Lateral drawer width: 263/4� and
323/4�• Lateral drawer depth: 153/4�
Series 2 Storage
82
Credenzas Open, Steel and Laminate Front - Template PullCredenza - Single Box/File Unit
description w d h configuration pattern no. L1 L2
Credenza - Single Box/FileUnit, Steel Front
30� 183/4� 221/2� 30� box/file BS2C2230BLS $1,429. $1,664.36� 183/4� 221/2� 36� box/file BS2C2236BLS 1,484. 1,751.
Credenza - Single Box/FileUnit, Laminate Front
30� 183/4� 221/2� 30� box/file BS2C2230BLL 1,595. 1,793.36� 183/4� 221/2� 36� box/file BS2C2236BLL 1,696. 1,917.
Order Code
Example: BS2C2230BL(S/L)
BS2 Template FrontC22 Credenza 22� high30 30 wideB Box/File configurationL Locking(S/L) Steel or Laminate front
Specification Information
Credenzas are non-handed uponspecification. Configurationscontaining 2 units may be arrangedas left or right handed uponinstallation. Ganging hardware(provided) attaches units from theunderside, allowing units to beconverted in the future.
For Steel front: L1/L2 pricing isbased on top finish. For Laminatefront: L1/L2 pricing is based on topand front finish.
Application Notes
Credenza units may be used infreestanding position. Completeunits without drawers do not requirecounterweight. Units with drawersrequire counterweight infreestanding position.
Template Pull length:Credenzas with Steel and Laminatefronts receive 5� pulls on drawers.
Critical Dimensions
Dimensions under, w,d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�.
Credenza Internal DrawerDimensions• Lateral drawer height: 93/4�• Lateral drawer width: 263/4� and
323/4�• Lateral drawer depth: 153/4�
Series 2 Storage
83
Ser
ies
2Te
mpl
ate
Fron
tS
tora
ge
Credenzas Open, Steel and Laminate Front - Template PullCredenza - Double Box/File Unit
description w d h configuration pattern no. L1 L2
Credenza - Double Box/FileUnit, Steel Front
60� 183/4� 221/2� 30� + 30� box/file BS2C2260B30B30LS $2,736. $2,933.66� 183/4� 221/2� 36� + 30� box/file BS2C2266B36B30LS 2,880. 3,059.72� 183/4� 221/2� 36� + 36� box/file BS2C2272B36B36LS 2,884. 3,111.
Credenza - Double Box/FileUnit, Laminate Front
60� 183/4� 221/2� 30� + 30� box/file BS2C2260B30B30LL 3,083. 3,285.66� 183/4� 221/2� 36� + 30� box/file BS2C2266B36B30LL 3,283. 3,458.72� 183/4� 221/2� 36� + 36� box/file BS2C2272B36B36LL 3,345. 3,440.
Order Code
Example: BS2C2230BL(S/L)
BS2 Template FrontC22 Credenza 22� high30 30 wideB Box/File configurationL Locking(S/L) Steel or Laminate front
Specification Information
Credenzas are non-handed uponspecification. Configurationscontaining 2 units may be arrangedas left or right handed uponinstallation. Ganging hardware(provided) attaches units from theunderside, allowing units to beconverted in the future.
For Steel front: L1/L2 pricing isbased on top finish. For Laminatefront: L1/L2 pricing is based on topand front finish.
Application Notes
Credenza units may be used infreestanding position. Completeunits without drawers do not requirecounterweight. Units with drawersrequire counterweight infreestanding position.
Template Pull length:Credenzas with Steel and Laminatefronts receive 5� pulls on drawers.
Critical Dimensions
Dimensions under, w,d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�.
Credenza Internal DrawerDimensions• Lateral drawer height: 93/4�• Lateral drawer width: 263/4� and
323/4�• Lateral drawer depth: 153/4�
Series 2 Storage
84
Credenzas Open, Steel and Laminate Front - Template PullCredenza - Box/File with Open Unit
description w d h configuration pattern no. L1 L2
Credenza - Box/File with OpenUnit, Steel Front
48� 183/4� 221/2� 30� box/file + 18� open BS2C2248B30O18LS $2,098. $2,211.54� 183/4� 221/2� 30� box/file + 24� open BS2C2254B30O24LS 2,150. 2,282.54� 183/4� 221/2� 36� box/file + 18� open BS2C2254B36O18LS 2,169. 2,303.60� 183/4� 221/2� 30� box/file + 30� open BS2C2260B30O30LS 2,144. 2,292.60� 183/4� 221/2� 36� box/file + 24� open BS2C2260B36O24LS 2,184. 2,332.66� 183/4� 221/2� 30� box/file + 36� open BS2C2266B30O36LS 2,254. 2,413.66� 183/4� 221/2� 36� box/file + 30� open BS2C2266B36O30LS 2,255. 2,414.72� 183/4� 221/2� 36� box/file + 36� open BS2C2272B36O36LS 2,288. 2,464.
Credenza - Box/File with OpenUnit, Laminate Front
48� 183/4� 221/2� 30� box/file + 18� open BS2C2248B30O18LL 2,228. 2,440.54� 183/4� 221/2� 30� box/file + 24� open BS2C2254B30O24LL 2,318. 2,512.54� 183/4� 221/2� 36� box/file + 18� open BS2C2254B36O18LL 2,395. 2,566.60� 183/4� 221/2� 30� box/file + 30� open BS2C2260B30O30LL 2,313. 2,521.60� 183/4� 221/2� 36� box/file + 24� open BS2C2260B36O24LL 2,410. 2,596.66� 183/4� 221/2� 30� box/file + 36� open BS2C2266B30O36LL 2,422. 2,643.66� 183/4� 221/2� 36� box/file + 30� open BS2C2266B36O30LL 2,479. 2,678.72� 183/4� 221/2� 36� box/file + 36� open BS2C2272B36O36LL 2,513. 2,728.
Order Code
Example: BS2C2230BL(S/L)
BS2 Template FrontC22 Credenza 22� high30 30 wideB Box/File configurationL Locking(S/L) Steel or Laminate front
Specification Information
Credenzas are non-handed uponspecification. Configurationscontaining 2 units may be arrangedas left or right handed uponinstallation. Ganging hardware(provided) attaches units from theunderside, allowing units to beconverted in the future.
For Steel front: L1/L2 pricing isbased on top finish. For Laminatefront: L1/L2 pricing is based on topand front finish.
Application Notes
Credenza units may be used infreestanding position. Completeunits without drawers do not requirecounterweight. Units with drawersrequire counterweight infreestanding position.
Template Pull length:Credenzas with Steel and Laminatefronts receive 5� pulls on drawers.
Critical Dimensions
Dimensions under, w,d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�.
Credenza Internal DrawerDimensions• Lateral drawer height: 93/4�• Lateral drawer width: 263/4� and
323/4�• Lateral drawer depth: 153/4�
Series 2 Storage
85
Ser
ies
2Te
mpl
ate
Fron
tS
tora
ge
Credenzas Open, Steel and Laminate Front - Template PullCredenza Counterweight Kits
description w weight pattern no. list
Credenza Counterweight Kitfor 30� wide drawer unit
30� 15 lbs. BS2ACW3015 $188.30� 20 lbs. BS2ACW3020 248.30� 25 lbs. BS2ACW3025 279.30� 30 lbs. BS2ACW3030 309.30� 35 lbs. BS2ACW3035 361.30� 40 lbs. BS2ACW3040 382.
Credenza Counterweight Kitfor 36� wide drawer unit
36� 15 lbs. BS2ACW3615 190.36� 20 lbs. BS2ACW3620 250.36� 25 lbs. BS2ACW3625 282.36� 30 lbs. BS2ACW3630 312.36� 35 lbs. BS2ACW3635 364.36� 40 lbs. BS2ACW3640 385.
Order Code
Example: BS2ACW3015
BS2 Template FrontACW Credenza counterweight
kit30 for 30� wide drawer15 weight
Specification Information
Credenzas with drawers may requirecounterweight when used infreestanding position. Refer toSeries 2 Overview - Series 2Credenzas Specifications to identifythe appropriate kit..Counterweight kits are specifiedseparately and field-installed.
Application Notes
Counterweight kits includemounting hardware and brackets toinstall the counterweight plates.
Counterweight plates are mountedto the back panel behind filedrawer(s) inside credenza.
Series 2 Storage
86
Credenzas Open, Steel and Laminate Front - Template PullAccessories
description type pattern no. list
Ganging Hardware Kits Ganging Hardware, Kit of 10 BS2AGB10 $176.Ganging Hardware, Kit of 1 BS2AGB01 52.
Extended Leveling Glides Extended Leveling Glides, 20 pieces BS2ALX20 109.Extended Leveling Glides, 100 pieces BS2ALX100 383.Extended Leveling Glides, 4 pieces BS2ALX04 50.
Order Code
Example: BS2SGB01
BS2 Template FrontSGB Ganging Hardware Kit01 Kit of 1
Specification Information
Ganging brackets may be used withCredenzas or Doublewide Pedestals.Ganging hardware attaches unitsfrom the underside allowinghandedness to be determinedon-site or converted in the future.Ganging hardware is included withCredenzas, standard. Bulk kits maybe specified separately if additionalbrackets are required.
Application Notes
Extended leveler kit may bespecified separately for unitsoverlaying table foot.Units with drawers requirecounterweight in freestandingposition.Refer to Series 2 Overview - Series 2Credenza section for specifics.
Series 2 Storage
87
Ser
ies
2Te
mpl
ate
Fron
tS
tora
ge
Storage Towers Steel Front - Template Pull15� Wide Storage Towers42� High
description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3
42� High Side Access Bookcase tower with twobox and one file drawer (right hand shown)
left hand 147/8� 231/2� 415/16� Y BT3SBLH4215BBFLS $2,111. $2,428. $2,532.right hand 147/8� 231/2� 415/16� Y BT3SBRH4215BBFLS 2,111. 2,428. 2,532.
42� High Side Access Bookcase tower with twofile drawers (right hand shown)
left hand 14 7/8’� 231/2� 415/16� Y BT3SBLH4215FFLS 2,013. 2,318. 2,418.right hand 147/8� 231/2� 415/16� Y BT3SBRH4215FFLS 2,013. 2,318. 2,418.
Order Code
Example: BT3SBLH4215BBFLS-117
BT3 Series 2 Steel FrontSB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access42 42� High15 15� WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish
Specification Information
For non-locking towers, deduct asfollows from the list price for eachunit:Deduct $30 for (1) lock unitDeduct $60 for (2) lock unitDeduct $75 for (3) lock unitSubstitute the ‘‘L’’ suffix with an‘‘N’’ within the pattern number todesignate a non-locking unit,example (BT3SBLH4215BBFLN)
Template Pull length:Steel and Veneer fronts receive 2�pulls on doors and 3� pulls ondrawers.Laminate fronts receive 5� pullson all doors and drawers.
Application Notes
Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)
Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 15�, 24� and 30� widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation).• 15�w Side Access and Display
towers include (1) lock.• 24�w and 30�w Side Access and
Display towers include (2) locks.• Front Access (only) towers with
wardrobe include (3) locks.
Critical Dimensions
Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�
42�, 50�, 57� and 64� Tower InternalDimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�
Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.
Note: Template pull wardrobes andcupboard doors utilize a pull andself closing hinge in place of touchlatch.
Series 2 Storage
88
Storage Towers Steel Front - Template Pull15� Wide Storage Towers50� High
description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3
50� High Single Door tower with two box and onefile drawer (right hand shown)
left hand 147/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y BT3SLH5015BBFLS $2,475. $2,846. $2,969.right hand 147/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y BT3SRH5015BBFLS 2,475. 2,846. 2,969.
50� High Single Door tower with two file drawers(right hand shown)
left hand 147/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y BT3SLH5015FFLS 2,232. 2,567. 2,678.right hand 147/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y BT3SRH5015FFLS 2,232. 2,567. 2,678.
Order Code
Example: BT3SBLH5015BBFLS-117
BT3 Series 2 Steel FrontSB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access50 50� High15 15� WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish
Specification Information
For non-locking towers, deduct asfollows from the list price for eachunit:Deduct $30 for (1) lock unitDeduct $60 for (2) lock unitDeduct $75 for (3) lock unitSubstitute the ‘‘L’’ suffix with an‘‘N’’ within the pattern number todesignate a non-locking unit,example (BT3SBLH4215BBFLN)
Template Pull length:Steel and Veneer fronts receive 2�pulls on doors and 3� pulls ondrawers.Laminate fronts receive 5� pullson all doors and drawers.
Application Notes
Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)
Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 15�, 24� and 30� widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation).• 15�w Side Access and Display
towers include (1) lock.• 24�w and 30�w Side Access and
Display towers include (2) locks.• Front Access (only) towers with
wardrobe include (3) locks.
Critical Dimensions
Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�
42�, 50�, 57� and 64� Tower InternalDimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�
Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.
Note: Template pull wardrobes andcupboard doors utilize a pull andself closing hinge in place of touchlatch.
Series 2 Storage
89
Ser
ies
2Te
mpl
ate
Fron
tS
tora
ge
Storage Towers Steel Front - Template Pull15� Wide Storage Towers50� High
description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3
50� High Side Access Bookcase tower with twobox and one file drawer (right hand shown)
left hand 147/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y BT3SBLH5015BBFLS $2,227. $2,559. $2,672.right hand 147/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y BT3SBRH5015BBFLS 2,227. 2,559. 2,672.
50� High Side Access Bookcase tower with twofile drawers (right hand shown)
left hand 147/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y BT3SBLH5015FFLS 2,111. 2,428. 2,532.right hand 147/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y BT3SBRH5015FFLS 2,111. 2,428. 2,532.
Order Code
Example: BT3SBLH5015BBFLS-117
BT3 Series 2 Steel FrontSB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access50 50� High15 15� WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish
Specification Information
For non-locking towers, deduct asfollows from the list price for eachunit:Deduct $30 for (1) lock unitDeduct $60 for (2) lock unitDeduct $75 for (3) lock unitSubstitute the ‘‘L’’ suffix with an‘‘N’’ within the pattern number todesignate a non-locking unit,example (BT3SBLH4215BBFLN)
Template Pull length:Steel and Veneer fronts receive 2�pulls on doors and 3� pulls ondrawers.Laminate fronts receive 5� pullson all doors and drawers.
Application Notes
Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)
Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 15�, 24� and 30� widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation).• 15�w Side Access and Display
towers include (1) lock.• 24�w and 30�w Side Access and
Display towers include (2) locks.• Front Access (only) towers with
wardrobe include (3) locks.
Critical Dimensions
Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�
42�, 50�, 57� and 64� Tower InternalDimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�
Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.
Note: Template pull wardrobes andcupboard doors utilize a pull andself closing hinge in place of touchlatch.
Series 2 Storage
90
Storage Towers Steel Front - Template Pull15� Wide Storage Towers57� High
description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3
57� High Single Door tower with two file drawers(right hand shown)
left hand 147/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y BT3SLH5715FFLS $2,289. $2,636. $2,745.right hand 147/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y BT3SRH5715FFLS 2,289. 2,636. 2,745.
57� High Single Door tower with two box and onefile drawer (right hand shown)
left hand 147/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y BT3SLH5715BBFLS 2,532. 2,911. 3,040.right hand 147/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y BT3SRH5715BBFLS 2,532. 2,911. 3,040.
Order Code
Example: BT3SBLH5715BBFLS-117
BT3 Series 2 Steel FrontSB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access57 57� High15 15� WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish
Specification Information
For non-locking towers, deduct asfollows from the list price for eachunit:Deduct $30 for (1) lock unitDeduct $60 for (2) lock unitDeduct $75 for (3) lock unitSubstitute the ‘‘L’’ suffix with an‘‘N’’ within the pattern number todesignate a non-locking unit,example (BT3SBLH4215BBFLN)
Template Pull length:Steel and Veneer fronts receive 2�pulls on doors and 3� pulls ondrawers.Laminate fronts receive 5� pullson all doors and drawers.
Application Notes
Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)
Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 15�, 24� and 30� widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation).• 15�w Side Access and Display
towers include (1) lock.• 24�w and 30�w Side Access and
Display towers include (2) locks.• Front Access (only) towers with
wardrobe include (3) locks.
Critical Dimensions
Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�
42�, 50�, 57� and 64� Tower InternalDimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�
Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.
Note: Template pull wardrobes andcupboard doors utilize a pull andself closing hinge in place of touchlatch.
Series 2 Storage
91
Ser
ies
2Te
mpl
ate
Fron
tS
tora
ge
Storage Towers Steel Front - Template Pull15� Wide Storage Towers57� High
description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3
57� High Side Access Bookcase tower with twobox and one file drawer (right hand shown)
left hand 147/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y BT3SBLH5715BBFLS $2,532. $2,911. $3,040.right hand 147/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y BT3SBRH5715BBFLS 2,532. 2,911. 3,040.
57� High Side Access Bookcase tower with twofile drawers (right hand shown)
left hand 147/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y BT3SBLH5715FFLS 2,289. 2,636. 2,745.right hand 147/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y BT3SBRH5715FFLS 2,289. 2,636. 2,745.
Order Code
Example: BT3SBLH5715BBFLS-117
BT3 Series 2 Steel FrontSB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access57 57� High15 15� WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish
Specification Information
For non-locking towers, deduct asfollows from the list price for eachunit:Deduct $30 for (1) lock unitDeduct $60 for (2) lock unitDeduct $75 for (3) lock unitSubstitute the ‘‘L’’ suffix with an‘‘N’’ within the pattern number todesignate a non-locking unit,example (BT3SBLH4215BBFLN)
Template Pull length:Steel and Veneer fronts receive 2�pulls on doors and 3� pulls ondrawers.Laminate fronts receive 5� pullson all doors and drawers.
Application Notes
Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)
Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 15�, 24� and 30� widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation).• 15�w Side Access and Display
towers include (1) lock.• 24�w and 30�w Side Access and
Display towers include (2) locks.• Front Access (only) towers with
wardrobe include (3) locks.
Critical Dimensions
Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�
42�, 50�, 57� and 64� Tower InternalDimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�
Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.
Note: Template pull wardrobes andcupboard doors utilize a pull andself closing hinge in place of touchlatch.
Series 2 Storage
92
Storage Towers Steel Front - Template Pull15� Wide Storage Towers64� High
description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3
64� High Single Door tower with two box and onefile drawer (right hand shown)
left hand 147/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y BT3SLH6415BBFLS $2,592. $2,979. $3,105.right hand 147/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y BT3SRH6415BBFLS 2,592. 2,979. 3,105.
64� High Single Door tower with two file drawers(right hand shown)
left hand 147/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y BT3SLH6415FFLS 2,348. 2,701. 2,822.right hand 147/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y BT3SRH6415FFLS 2,348. 2,701. 2,822.
Order Code
Example: BT3SBLH6415BBFLS-117
BT3 Series 2 Steel FrontSB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access64 64� High15 15� WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish
Specification Information
For non-locking towers, deduct asfollows from the list price for eachunit:Deduct $30 for (1) lock unitDeduct $60 for (2) lock unitDeduct $75 for (3) lock unitSubstitute the ‘‘L’’ suffix with an‘‘N’’ within the pattern number todesignate a non-locking unit,example (BT3SBLH4215BBFLN)
Template Pull length:Steel and Veneer fronts receive 2�pulls on doors and 3� pulls ondrawers.Laminate fronts receive 5� pullson all doors and drawers.
Application Notes
Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)
Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 15�, 24� and 30� widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation).• 15�w Side Access and Display
towers include (1) lock.• 24�w and 30�w Side Access and
Display towers include (2) locks.• Front Access (only) towers with
wardrobe include (3) locks.
Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�
42�, 50�, 57� and 64� Tower InternalDimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�
Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.
Note: Template pull wardrobes andcupboard doors utilize a pull andself closing hinge in place of touchlatch.
Series 2 Storage
93
Ser
ies
2Te
mpl
ate
Fron
tS
tora
ge
Storage Towers Steel Front - Template Pull15� Wide Storage Towers64� High
description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3
64� High Side Access Display tower with two boxand one file drawer (right hand shown)
left hand 147/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y BT3BDLH6415BBFLS $2,333. $2,684. $2,799.right hand 147/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y BT3BDRH6415BBFLS 2,333. 2,684. 2,799.
Note: Display towers are open to access on two sides, i.e., the front and one side.
64� High Side Access Display tower with two filedrawers (right hand shown)
left hand 147/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y BT3BDLH6415FFLS 2,218. 2,552. 2,659.right hand 147/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y BT3BDRH6415FFLS 2,218. 2,552. 2,659.
Note: Display towers are open to access on two sides, i.e., the front and one side.
Order Code
Example: BT3SBLH6415BBFLS-117
BT3 Series 2 Steel FrontSB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access64 64� High15 15� WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish
Specification Information
For non-locking towers, deduct asfollows from the list price for eachunit:Deduct $30 for (1) lock unitDeduct $60 for (2) lock unitDeduct $75 for (3) lock unitSubstitute the ‘‘L’’ suffix with an‘‘N’’ within the pattern number todesignate a non-locking unit,example (BT3SBLH4215BBFLN)
Template Pull length:Steel and Veneer fronts receive 2�pulls on doors and 3� pulls ondrawers.Laminate fronts receive 5� pullson all doors and drawers.
Application Notes
Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)
Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 15�, 24� and 30� widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation).• 15�w Side Access and Display
towers include (1) lock.• 24�w and 30�w Side Access and
Display towers include (2) locks.• Front Access (only) towers with
wardrobe include (3) locks.
Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�
42�, 50�, 57� and 64� Tower InternalDimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�
Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.
Note: Template pull wardrobes andcupboard doors utilize a pull andself closing hinge in place of touchlatch.
Series 2 Storage
94
Storage Towers Steel Front - Template Pull15� Wide Storage Towers64� High
description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3
64� High Side Access Bookcase tower with twobox and one file drawer (right hand shown)
left hand 147/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y BT3SBLH6415BBFLS $2,302. $2,650. $2,763.right hand 147/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y BT3SBRH6415BBFLS 2,302. 2,650. 2,763.
64� High Side Access Bookcase tower with twofile drawers (right hand shown)
left hand 147/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y BT3SBLH6415FFLS 2,190. 2,518. 2,625.right hand 15� 231/2� 635/16� Y BT3SBRH6415FFLS 2,190. 2,518. 2,625.
Order Code
Example: BT3SBLH6415BBFLS-117
BT3 Series 2 Steel FrontSB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access64 64� High15 15� WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish
Specification Information
For non-locking towers, deduct asfollows from the list price for eachunit:Deduct $30 for (1) lock unitDeduct $60 for (2) lock unitDeduct $75 for (3) lock unitSubstitute the ‘‘L’’ suffix with an‘‘N’’ within the pattern number todesignate a non-locking unit,example (BT3SBLH4215BBFLN)
Template Pull length:Steel and Veneer fronts receive 2�pulls on doors and 3� pulls ondrawers.Laminate fronts receive 5� pullson all doors and drawers.
Application Notes
Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)
Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 15�, 24� and 30� widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation).• 15�w Side Access and Display
towers include (1) lock.• 24�w and 30�w Side Access and
Display towers include (2) locks.• Front Access (only) towers with
wardrobe include (3) locks.
Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�
42�, 50�, 57� and 64� Tower InternalDimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�
Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.
Note: Template pull wardrobes andcupboard doors utilize a pull andself closing hinge in place of touchlatch.
Series 2 Storage
95
Ser
ies
2Te
mpl
ate
Fron
tS
tora
ge
Storage Towers Steel Front - Template Pull24� Wide Storage Towers42� High
description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3
42� High Side Access Bookcase with two box andone file drawer with wardrobe (left hand shown)
left hand 237/8� 231/2� 415/16� Y BT3WSBLH4224BBFLS $3,057. $3,516. $3,669.right hand 237/8� 231/2� 415/16� Y BT3WSBRH4224BBFLS 3,057. 3,516. 3,669.
42� High Side Access Bookcase with two filedrawers with wardrobe (left hand shown)
left hand 237/8� 231/2� 415/16� Y BT3WSBLH4224FFLS 2,940. 3,381. 3,528.right hand 237/8� 231/2� 415/16� Y BT3WSBRH4224FFLS 2,940. 3,381. 3,528.
Order Code
Example: BT3SBLH4224BBFLS-117
BT3 Series 2 Steel FrontSB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access42 42� High24 24� WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish
Specification Information
For non-locking towers, deduct asfollows from the list price for eachunit:Deduct $30 for (1) lock unitDeduct $60 for (2) lock unitDeduct $75 for (3) lock unitSubstitute the ‘‘L’’ suffix with an‘‘N’’ within the pattern number todesignate a non-locking unit,example (BT3SBLH4215BBFLN)
Template Pull length:Steel and Veneer fronts receive 2�pulls on doors and 3� pulls ondrawers.Laminate fronts receive 5� pullson all doors and drawers.
Application Notes
Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)
Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 15�, 24� and 30� widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation).• 15�w Side Access and Display
towers include (1) lock.• 24�w and 30�w Side Access and
Display towers include (2) locks.• Front Access (only) towers with
wardrobe include (3) locks.
Critical Dimensions
Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�
50�, 57� and 64� Tower InternalDimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�
Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.
Note: Template pull wardrobes andcabinet doors utilize a pull and selfclosing hinge in place of touchlatch.
Series 2 Storage
96
Storage Towers Steel Front - Template Pull24� Wide Storage Towers50� High
description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3
50� High Side Access Bookcase with two box andone file drawer with wardrobe (left hand shown)
left hand 237/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y BT3WSBLH5024BBFLS $3,072. $3,532. $3,691.right hand 237/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y BT3WSBRH5024BBFLS 3,072. 3,532. 3,691.
50� High Side Access Bookcase with two filedrawers with wardrobe (left hand shown)
left hand 237/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y BT3WSBLH5024FFLS 2,956. 3,398. 3,545.right hand 237/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y BT3WSBRH5024FFLS 2,956. 3,398. 3,545.
Order Code
Example: BT3SBLH5024BBFLS-117
BT3 Series 2 Steel FrontSB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access50 50� High24 24� WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish
Specification Information
For non-locking towers, deduct asfollows from the list price for eachunit:Deduct $30 for (1) lock unitDeduct $60 for (2) lock unitDeduct $75 for (3) lock unitSubstitute the ‘‘L’’ suffix with an‘‘N’’ within the pattern number todesignate a non-locking unit,example (BT3SBLH4215BBFLN)
Template Pull length:Steel and Veneer fronts receive 2�pulls on doors and 3� pulls ondrawers.Laminate fronts receive 5� pullson all doors and drawers.
Application Notes
Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)
Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 15�, 24� and 30� widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation).• 15�w Side Access and Display
towers include (1) lock.• 24�w and 30�w Side Access and
Display towers include (2) locks.• Front Access (only) towers with
wardrobe include (3) locks.
Critical Dimensions
Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�
50�, 57� and 64� Tower InternalDimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�
Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.
Note: Template pull wardrobes andcabinet doors utilize a pull and selfclosing hinge in place of touchlatch.
Series 2 Storage
97
Ser
ies
2Te
mpl
ate
Fron
tS
tora
ge
Storage Towers Steel Front - Template Pull24� Wide Storage Towers50� High
description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3
50� High tower with two box and one file drawerand door and wardrobe (left hand shown)
left hand 237/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y BT3WSLH5024BBFLS $2,879. $3,309. $3,453.right hand 237/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y BT3WSRH5024BBFLS 2,879. 3,309. 3,453.
50� High tower with two file drawers and doorand wardrobe (left hand shown)
left hand 237/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y BT3WSLH5024FFLS 2,638. 3,032. 3,165.right hand 237/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y BT3WSRH5024FFLS 2,638. 3,032. 3,165.
Order Code
Example: BT3SBLH5024BBFLS-117
BT3 Series 2 Steel FrontSB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access50 50� High24 24� WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish
Specification Information
For non-locking towers, deduct asfollows from the list price for eachunit:Deduct $30 for (1) lock unitDeduct $60 for (2) lock unitDeduct $75 for (3) lock unitSubstitute the ‘‘L’’ suffix with an‘‘N’’ within the pattern number todesignate a non-locking unit,example (BT3SBLH4215BBFLN)
Template Pull length:Steel and Veneer fronts receive 2�pulls on doors and 3� pulls ondrawers.Laminate fronts receive 5� pullson all doors and drawers.
Application Notes
Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)
Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 15�, 24� and 30� widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation).• 15�w Side Access and Display
towers include (1) lock.• 24�w and 30�w Side Access and
Display towers include (2) locks.• Front Access (only) towers with
wardrobe include (3) locks.
Critical Dimensions
Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�
50�, 57� and 64� Tower InternalDimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�
Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.
Note: Template pull wardrobes andcabinet doors utilize a pull and selfclosing hinge in place of touchlatch.
Series 2 Storage
98
Storage Towers Steel Front - Template Pull24� Wide Storage Towers57� High
description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3
57� High Side Access Bookcase with two box andone file drawer with wardrobe (left hand shown)
left hand 237/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y BT3WSBLH5724BBFLS $3,193. $3,670. $3,833.right hand 237/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y BT3WSBRH5724BBFLS 3,193. 3,670. 3,833.
57� High Side Access Bookcase with two filedrawers with wardrobe (left hand shown)
left hand 237/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y BT3WSBLH5724FFLS 3,077. 3,542. 3,696.right hand 237/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y BT3WSBRH5724FFLS 3,077. 3,542. 3,696.
Order Code
Example: BT3SBLH5724BBFLS-117
BT3 Series 2 Steel FrontSB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access57 57� High24 24� WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish
Specification Information
For non-locking towers, deduct asfollows from the list price for eachunit:Deduct $30 for (1) lock unitDeduct $60 for (2) lock unitDeduct $75 for (3) lock unitSubstitute the ‘‘L’’ suffix with an‘‘N’’ within the pattern number todesignate a non-locking unit,example (BT3SBLH4215BBFLN)
Template Pull length:Steel and Veneer fronts receive 2�pulls on doors and 3� pulls ondrawers.Laminate fronts receive 5� pullson all doors and drawers.
Application Notes
Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)
Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 15�, 24� and 30� widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation).• 15�w Side Access and Display
towers include (1) lock.• 24�w and 30�w Side Access and
Display towers include (2) locks.• Front Access (only) towers with
wardrobe include (3) locks.
Critical Dimensions
Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�
50�, 57� and 64� Tower InternalDimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�
Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.
Note: Template pull wardrobes andcabinet doors utilize a pull and selfclosing hinge in place of touchlatch.
Series 2 Storage
99
Ser
ies
2Te
mpl
ate
Fron
tS
tora
ge
Storage Towers Steel Front - Template Pull24� Wide Storage Towers57� High
description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3
57� High tower with two box and one file drawerand door and wardrobe (left hand shown)
left hand 237/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y BT3WSLH5724BBFLS $2,910. $3,348. $3,492.right hand 237/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y BT3WSRH5724BBFLS 2,910. 3,348. 3,492.
57� High tower with two file drawers and doorand wardrobe (left hand shown)
left hand 237/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y BT3WSLH5724FFLS 2,718. 3,125. 3,264.right hand 237/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y BT3WSRH5724FFLS 2,718. 3,125. 3,264.
Order Code
Example: BT3SBLH5724BBFLS-117
BT3 Series 2 Steel FrontSB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access57 57� High24 24� WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish
Specification Information
For non-locking towers, deduct asfollows from the list price for eachunit:Deduct $30 for (1) lock unitDeduct $60 for (2) lock unitDeduct $75 for (3) lock unitSubstitute the ‘‘L’’ suffix with an‘‘N’’ within the pattern number todesignate a non-locking unit,example (BT3SBLH4215BBFLN)
Template Pull length:Steel and Veneer fronts receive 2�pulls on doors and 3� pulls ondrawers.Laminate fronts receive 5� pullson all doors and drawers.
Application Notes
Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)
Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 15�, 24� and 30� widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation).• 15�w Side Access and Display
towers include (1) lock.• 24�w and 30�w Side Access and
Display towers include (2) locks.• Front Access (only) towers with
wardrobe include (3) locks.
Critical Dimensions
Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�
50�, 57� and 64� Tower InternalDimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�
Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.
Note: Template pull wardrobes andcabinet doors utilize a pull and selfclosing hinge in place of touchlatch.
Series 2 Storage
100
Storage Towers Steel Front - Template Pull24� Wide Storage Towers64� High
description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3
64� High Display tower with two file drawers andwardrobe (left hand shown)
left hand 237/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y BT3WBDLH6424FFLS $3,177. $3,657. $3,812.right hand 237/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y BT3WBDRH6424FFLS 3,177. 3,657. 3,812.
64� High Display tower with two box and one filedrawer and wardrobe (left hand shown)
left hand 237/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y BT3WBDLH6424BBFLS 3,294. 3,789. 3,953.right hand 237/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y BT3WBDRH6424BBFLS 3,294. 3,789. 3,953.
Order Code
Example: BT3SBLH6424BBFLS-117
BT3 Series 2 Steel FrontSB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access64 64� High24 24� WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish
Specification Information
For non-locking towers, deduct asfollows from the list price for eachunit:Deduct $30 for (1) lock unitDeduct $60 for (2) lock unitDeduct $75 for (3) lock unitSubstitute the ‘‘L’’ suffix with an‘‘N’’ within the pattern number todesignate a non-locking unit,example (BT3SBLH4215BBFLN)
Template Pull length:Steel and Veneer fronts receive 2�pulls on doors and 3� pulls ondrawers.Laminate fronts receive 5� pullson all doors and drawers.
Application Notes
Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)
Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 15�, 24� and 30� widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation).• 15�w Side Access and Display
towers include (1) lock.• 24�w and 30�w Side Access and
Display towers include (2) locks.• Front Access (only) towers with
wardrobe include (3) locks.
Critical Dimensions
Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�
50�, 57� and 64� Tower InternalDimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�
Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.
Note: Template pull wardrobes andcabinet doors utilize a pull and selfclosing hinge in place of touchlatch.
Series 2 Storage
101
Ser
ies
2Te
mpl
ate
Fron
tS
tora
ge
Storage Towers Steel Front - Template Pull24� Wide Storage Towers64� High
description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3
64� High Side Access Bookcase with two box andone file drawer with wardrobe (left hand shown)
left hand 237/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y BT3WSBLH6424BBFLS $3,264. $3,750. $3,915.right hand 237/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y BT3WSBRH6424BBFLS 3,264. 3,750. 3,915.
64� High Side Access Bookcase with two filedrawers with wardrobe (left hand shown)
left hand 237/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y BT3WSBLH6424FFLS 3,149. 3,622. 3,784.right hand 237/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y BT3WSBRH6424FFLS 3,149. 3,622. 3,784.
Order Code
Example: BT3SBLH6424BBFLS-117
BT3 Series 2 Steel FrontSB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access64 64� High24 24� WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish
Specification Information
For non-locking towers, deduct asfollows from the list price for eachunit:Deduct $30 for (1) lock unitDeduct $60 for (2) lock unitDeduct $75 for (3) lock unitSubstitute the ‘‘L’’ suffix with an‘‘N’’ within the pattern number todesignate a non-locking unit,example (BT3SBLH4215BBFLN)
Template Pull length:Steel and Veneer fronts receive 2�pulls on doors and 3� pulls ondrawers.Laminate fronts receive 5� pullson all doors and drawers.
Application Notes
Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)
Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 15�, 24� and 30� widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation).• 15�w Side Access and Display
towers include (1) lock.• 24�w and 30�w Side Access and
Display towers include (2) locks.• Front Access (only) towers with
wardrobe include (3) locks.
Critical Dimensions
Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�
50�, 57� and 64� Tower InternalDimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�
Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.
Note: Template pull wardrobes andcabinet doors utilize a pull and selfclosing hinge in place of touchlatch.
Series 2 Storage
102
Storage Towers Steel Front - Template Pull24� Wide Storage Towers64� High
description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3
64� High tower with two box and one file drawerand door and wardrobe (left hand shown)
left hand 237/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y BT3WSLH6424BBFLS $2,930. $3,369. $3,516.right hand 237/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y BT3WSRH6424BBFLS 2,930. 3,369. 3,516.
64� High tower with two file drawers and doorand wardrobe (left hand shown)
left hand 237/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y BT3WSLH6424FFLS 2,798. 3,218. 3,357.right hand 237/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y BT3WSRH6424FFLS 2,798. 3,218. 3,357.
Order Code
Example: BT3SBLH6424BBFLS-117
BT3 Series 2 Steel FrontSB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access64 64� High24 24� WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish
Specification Information
For non-locking towers, deduct asfollows from the list price for eachunit:Deduct $30 for (1) lock unitDeduct $60 for (2) lock unitDeduct $75 for (3) lock unitSubstitute the ‘‘L’’ suffix with an‘‘N’’ within the pattern number todesignate a non-locking unit,example (BT3SBLH4215BBFLN)
Template Pull length:Steel and Veneer fronts receive 2�pulls on doors and 3� pulls ondrawers.Laminate fronts receive 5� pullson all doors and drawers.
Application Notes
Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)
Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 15�, 24� and 30� widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation).• 15�w Side Access and Display
towers include (1) lock.• 24�w and 30�w Side Access and
Display towers include (2) locks.• Front Access (only) towers with
wardrobe include (3) locks.
Critical Dimensions
Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�
50�, 57� and 64� Tower InternalDimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�
Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.
Note: Template pull wardrobes andcabinet doors utilize a pull and selfclosing hinge in place of touchlatch.
Series 2 Storage
103
Ser
ies
2Te
mpl
ate
Fron
tS
tora
ge
Storage Towers Steel Front - Template Pull30� Wide Storage Towers50� High
description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3
50� High tower with two box and one file drawerand door and wardrobe (left hand shown)
left hand 297/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y BT3WSLH5030BBFLS $2,956. $3,398. $3,545.right hand 297/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y BT3WSRH5030BBFLS 2,956. 3,398. 3,545.
50� High tower with two file drawers and doorand wardrobe (left hand shown)
left hand 297/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y BT3WSLH5030FFLS 2,732. 3,144. 3,281.right hand 297/8� 231/2� 485/16� Y BT3WSRH5030FFLS 2,732. 3,144. 3,281.
Order Code
Example: BT3WSLH5030BBFLS-117
BT3 Series 2 Steel FrontWS Wardrobe and Single
DoorLH Left Hand Access50 50� High30 30� WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish
Specification Information
For non-locking towers, deduct asfollows from the list price for eachunit:Deduct $30 for (1) lock unitDeduct $60 for (2) lock unitDeduct $75 for (3) lock unitSubstitute the ‘‘L’’ suffix with an‘‘N’’ within the pattern number todesignate a non-locking unit,example (BT3SBLH4215BBFLN)
Template Pull length:Steel and Veneer fronts receive 2�pulls on doors and 3� pulls ondrawers.Laminate fronts receive 5� pullson all doors and drawers.
Application Notes
Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)
Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 15�, 24� and 30� widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation).• 15�w Side Access and Display
towers include (1) lock.• 24�w and 30�w Side Access and
Display towers include (2) locks.• Front Access (only) towers with
wardrobe include (3) locks.
Critical Dimensions
Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�
50�, 57� and 64� Tower InternalDimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�
Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.
Note: Template pull wardrobes andcabinet doors utilize a pull and selfclosing hinge in place of touchlatch.
Series 2 Storage
104
Storage Towers Steel Front - Template Pull30� Wide Storage Towers57� High
description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3
57� High tower with two box and one file drawerand door and wardrobe (left hand shown)
left hand 297/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y BT3WSLH5730BBFLS $3,097. $3,557. $3,712.right hand 297/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y BT3WSRH5730BBFLS 3,097. 3,557. 3,712.
57� High tower with two file drawers and doorand wardrobe (left hand shown)
left hand 297/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y BT3WSLH5730FFLS 2,780. 3,195. 3,334.right hand 297/8� 231/2� 563/16� Y BT3WSRH5730FFLS 2,780. 3,195. 3,334.
Order Code
Example: BT3WSLH5730BBFLS-117
BT3 Series 2 Steel FrontWS Wardrobe and Single
DoorLH Left Hand Access57 57� High30 30� WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish
Specification Information
For non-locking towers, deduct asfollows from the list price for eachunit:Deduct $30 for (1) lock unitDeduct $60 for (2) lock unitDeduct $75 for (3) lock unitSubstitute the ‘‘L’’ suffix with an‘‘N’’ within the pattern number todesignate a non-locking unit,example (BT3SBLH4215BBFLN)
Template Pull length:Steel and Veneer fronts receive 2�pulls on doors and 3� pulls ondrawers.Laminate fronts receive 5� pullson all doors and drawers.
Application Notes
Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)
Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 15�, 24� and 30� widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation).• 15�w Side Access and Display
towers include (1) lock.• 24�w and 30�w Side Access and
Display towers include (2) locks.• Front Access (only) towers with
wardrobe include (3) locks.
Critical Dimensions
Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�
50�, 57� and 64� Tower InternalDimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�
Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.
Note: Template pull wardrobes andcabinet doors utilize a pull and selfclosing hinge in place of touchlatch.
Series 2 Storage
105
Ser
ies
2Te
mpl
ate
Fron
tS
tora
ge
Storage Towers Steel Front - Template Pull30� Wide Storage Towers64� High
description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3
64� High tower with two box and one file drawerand door and wardrobe (left hand shown)
left hand 297/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y BT3WSLH6430BBFLS $3,149. $3,622. $3,784.right hand 297/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y BT3WSRH6430BBFLS 3,149. 3,622. 3,784.
64� High tower with two file drawers and doorand wardrobe (left hand shown)
left hand 297/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y BT3WSLH6430FFLS 2,940. 3,380. 3,527.right hand 297/8� 231/2� 635/16� Y BT3WSRH6430FFLS 2,940. 3,380. 3,527.
Order Code
Example: BT3WSLH6430BBFLS-117
BT3 Series 2 Steel FrontWS Wardrobe and Single
DoorLH Left Hand Access64 64� High30 30� WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish
Specification Information
For non-locking towers, deduct asfollows from the list price for eachunit:Deduct $30 for (1) lock unitDeduct $60 for (2) lock unitDeduct $75 for (3) lock unitSubstitute the ‘‘L’’ suffix with an‘‘N’’ within the pattern number todesignate a non-locking unit,example (BT3SBLH4215BBFLN)
Template Pull length:Steel and Veneer fronts receive 2�pulls on doors and 3� pulls ondrawers.Laminate fronts receive 5� pullson all doors and drawers.
Application Notes
Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)
Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 15�, 24� and 30� widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation).• 15�w Side Access and Display
towers include (1) lock.• 24�w and 30�w Side Access and
Display towers include (2) locks.• Front Access (only) towers with
wardrobe include (3) locks.
Critical Dimensions
Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�
50�, 57� and 64� Tower InternalDimensions• Box drawer height: 45/16�• Box drawer width: 121/16�• Box drawer depth: 183/8�• File drawer height: 91/4�• File drawer width: 121/16�• File drawer depth: 183/8�
Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.
Note: Template pull wardrobes andcabinet doors utilize a pull and selfclosing hinge in place of touchlatch.
Series 2 Storage
106
Steel Overhead Storage with Reff Mounting BracketsPanel Mount Overhead Storage
description w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3
Panel mount overhead cabinet with lock 237/8� 141/8� 15� Y RS2PM24L $830. $872. $913.297/8� 141/8� 15� Y RS2PM30L 862. 905. 948.357/8� 141/8� 15� Y RS2PM36L 895. 940. 985.417/8� 141/8� 15� Y RS2PM42L 930. 977. 1,023.477/8� 141/8� 15� Y RS2PM48L 960. 1,008. 1,056.537/8� 141/8� 15� Y RS2PM54L 1,255. 1,318. 1,381.597/8� 141/8� 15� Y RS2PM60L 1,265. 1,328. 1,392.657/8� 141/8� 15� Y RS2PM66L 1,310. 1,376. 1,441.717/8� 141/8� 15� Y RS2PM72L 1,320. 1,386. 1,452.
Order Code
Example: DS2OD36EL-117
DS2 Series 2 ReffOD Stanchion Mount
Overhead36 36� wideL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish
Specification Information
Deduct $20 from the list price fornon-locking units. Substitute the‘‘L’’ suffix with an ‘‘N’’ within thepattern number to designate anon-locking unit, example(RS2PM24L). Units with two doors,deduct $40 from the list.
24� through 48� wide units have asingle door. 54� through 66� unitshave off-set double doors. 72� wideunits have two doors. Units with twodoors have two locks.
Note: this product features a steelfront with Reff componentsmounting features.
Application Notes
Add $163 list for Touch Downmechanism. Touch Down requiresadding an ‘‘E’’ to the pattern numberas indicated RS2PM30EL. For unitswith two doors add $327 to the list.
Critical Dimensions
Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�.
Series 2 Storage
107
Ser
ies
2S
tora
gefo
rR
eff
Pan
els
Steel Overhead Storage with Reff Mounting BracketsBookshelves with Reff Mounting Brackets
description w d h pattern no. P1 P2 P3
Series 2 Overhead Book Shelf 237/8� 141/8� 8� RS2BS24 $300. $315. $330.297/8� 141/8� 8� RS2BS30 313. 329. 344.357/8� 141/8� 8� RS2BS36 313. 329. 344.417/8� 141/8� 8� RS2BS42 324. 340. 356.477/8� 141/8� 8� RS2BS48 338. 355. 372.537/8� 141/8� 8� RS2BS54 373. 392. 410.597/8� 141/8� 8� RS2BS60 373. 392. 410.657/8� 141/8� 8� RS2BS66 400. 420. 440.717/8� 141/8� 8� RS2BS72 415. 436. 457.
Order Code
Example: RS2BS30-113
RS2 Series 2 ReffBS Book Shelf30 30� wide113 Dark Grey
Specification Information
Note: Steel construction for use withReff panels.
Application Notes Critical Dimensions
Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/16�.
Series 2 Storage
108
Pedestals Accessories
description type w d h pattern no. list P1 P2 P3
Pedestal Drawer Divider Kit (Not for use in3�high drawers)
5� DT3PDD $475.
Drawer Divider for Box Drawer DS1PBD 41.
Drawer Divider for File Drawer DS1PFD 41.
Pencil Tray black DS2PPTN 47.clear DS2PPTC 54.
Pedstal Drawer Reference Tablet with Plexi GlassCover
DT3RT 135.
Stationary Insert for box drawers (4 trays) DS1PST 214.
File Support Channel DS1PFS 41.
Order Code
Example: DT3PDD
DT3 Series 2 SteelPDD Pedestal Drawer Divider
Kit
Specification Information
Pencil Tray is available in black orclear finish. All other pedestal andstorage tower accessories aresupported with a black paintedfinish standard.
Doublewide shelf kits are intendedfor use with open BS2DW unitsonly. Each open doublewidefeatures two available shelfpositions with one shelf includedstandard with the unit. Shelf kitsinclude appropriate shelf clips forfield installation.
Application Notes
The Pedestal Drawer Divider Kit(DT3PDD) is comprised of a seriesof magnetic fences that attach to thebottom of a pedestal drawer body tosupport the division andmanagement of space withinpedestal box or file drawers. Eachkit consist of (4) 3� wide, (3) 6�wide, (2) 9� wide and (2) 12� widedividers. Dividers are constructedfrom steel and are available in ablack painted finish standard.
The Pedestal Drawer ReferenceTablet (DT3RT) provides a platformfor supporting frequently accessedphone lists or important information.Each (DT3RT) is supported with aremovable clear plexi cover toprotect your printed information.Reference tablets are available inblack finish standard.
Series 2 Storage
109
Acc
esso
ries
Pedestals Accessories
description type w d h pattern no. list P1 P2 P3
Series 2 Floorstanding Pedestal Retrofit Lock Kit DS2LKKT $74.
Doublewide Shelf Kit pack of 10 18� BS2ASF1810 1,250. 1,313. 1,375.pack of 10 24� BS2ASF2410 1,456. 1,528. 1,601.pack of 10 30� BS2ASF3010 1,618. 1,699. 1,780.pack of 10 36� BS2ASF3610 1,756. 1,844. 1,931.pack of 4 18� BS2ASF1804 534. 561. 587.pack of 4 24� BS2ASF2404 615. 646. 677.pack of 4 30� BS2ASF3004 680. 714. 748.pack of 4 36� BS2ASF3604 735. 772. 809.
Order Code
Example: DT3PDD
DT3 Series 2 SteelPDD Pedestal Drawer Divider
Kit
Specification Information
Pencil Tray is available in black orclear finish. All other pedestal andstorage tower accessories aresupported with a black paintedfinish standard.
Doublewide shelf kits are intendedfor use with open BS2DW unitsonly. Each open doublewidefeatures two available shelfpositions with one shelf includedstandard with the unit. Shelf kitsinclude appropriate shelf clips forfield installation.
Application Notes
The Pedestal Drawer Divider Kit(DT3PDD) is comprised of a seriesof magnetic fences that attach to thebottom of a pedestal drawer body tosupport the division andmanagement of space withinpedestal box or file drawers. Eachkit consist of (4) 3� wide, (3) 6�wide, (2) 9� wide and (2) 12� widedividers. Dividers are constructedfrom steel and are available in ablack painted finish standard.
The Pedestal Drawer ReferenceTablet (DT3RT) provides a platformfor supporting frequently accessedphone lists or important information.Each (DT3RT) is supported with aremovable clear plexi cover toprotect your printed information.Reference tablets are available inblack finish standard.
Series 2 Storage
110
Overhead Storage AccessoriesT5 Task Lights
description type w d h pattern no. standard advanced
Task Light Use with 24� and wider overhead 19� 4� 11/2� DL3T5E19 ( ) $223. n/aUse with 30� and wider overhead 25� 4� 11/2� DL3T5E25 ( ) 241. 567.Use with 42� and wider overhead 37� 4� 11/2� DL3T5E37 ( ) 245. 596.Use with 60� and wider overhead 49� 4� 11/2� DL3T5E49 ( ) 280. 620.
Cord management clips (package of 50) DL3TC 55.
Order Code
Example: DL3T5E25SDL3 Task LightT5 T5 lampE Electronic ballast25 WidthS Standard
Specification Information
Specify:
Width - Task Lights mount incabinets and shelves at least 5�wider than light width.
Application Notes
Task lights mount into the recess inthe underside of overhead cabinetsand shelves at least 5� wider thantask light width.
Task lights include T5 cool white(4100K) fluorescent lamp,electronic ballast, 9� groundedcorset, prismatic lens, rockerswitch, one cord exit managementclip and mounting hardware.
Cord management clips must beordered separately.
Task light cordset is center exit. Onsmaller units cord exit is off-center,but still not handed.
Task lights are TCLP compliant andmeet requirements of CaliforniaTitle 24.
Advanced task lights are fitted withballast and lamp compliant withLEED requirements.
Cord management clips aredesigned for use with Dividendspanels.
Series 2 Storage
111
Acc
esso
ries
Overhead Storage AccessoriesWall Mount and Upmount Brackets
description type w d h pattern no. black P1 P2 P3
Wall-Mount Overhead Bracket (Dividends) 24� 1/2� 141/4� DS1WM24 $90. $94. $98. $101.30� 1/2� 141/4� DS1WM30 90. 94. 98. 101.36� 1/2� 141/4� DS1WM36 95. 99. 102. 111.42� 1/2� 141/4� DS1WM42 104. 112. 119. 123.48� 1/2� 141/4� DS1WM48 115. 122. 126. 130.
Wall-Mount Shelf Bracket (Dividends) 30� 1/2� 7� DS1SWM30 159. 171. 184.36� 1/2� 7� DS1SWM36 166. 187. 198.42� 1/2� 7� DS1SWM42 184. 207. 213.48� 1/2� 7� DS1SWM48 202. 218. 225.
Vertical Dividers (Dark Grey only) Package of 4 DS1VD 126.
Overhead Cabinet Lock Retrofit Kit DS1OHL 72.
Order Code
Example: DS1WM24
DS1 DividendsWM Overhead Wall Mount24 24� Wide
Specification Information
Overhead wall-mount frames areintended for use with Series 2 Steelfront and Veneer front Overheadswith Dividends brackets
Overhead Shelf-Mount brackets areintended for use with Dividends andDividends Series 2 shelves
Critical Dimensions
Dimensions listed under w, h andd are actual to the nearest 1/16�
Series 2 Storage
112
Storage Tower AccessoriesShelves and Worksurface Splice Plate Kits
description type w d h pattern no. list P1 P2 P3
15� Wide Half Depth Shelf Half Depth 15� 12� 3/4� DT3HDS15 $161.
24� Wide Half Depth Shelf Half Depth 24� 12� 3/4� DT3HDS24 173.
30� Wide Half Depth Shelf Half Depth 30� 12� 3/4� DT3HDS30 205.
15� Wide Full Depth Shelf Full Depth 15� 223/8� 1� DT3FDS15 116.
24� Wide Full Depth Shelf Full Depth 24� 223/8� 1� DT3FDS24 126.
30� Wide Full Depth Shelf Full Depth 30� 223/8� 1� DT3FDS30 133.
Order Code
Example: DT3HDS15
DT3 Series 2 TowersHDS Half Depth Shelf15 15� Wide
Specification Information
Half Depth Shelves:
15� wide half depth shelves aresuitable for use with 15� wide singledoor towers or a 30� wide towerswith a 15� wide wardrobe.
24� wide half depth shelves aresuitable for use with 24� wide singledoor or 24� wide double door towers.
30� wide half depth shelves aresuitable for use with 30� widedouble door towers.
Side Access Bookcase andDisplay Shelves:
Side Access Bookcase and DisplayShelves are available in glass orsteel construction. Shelves are foruse with Side Access bookcase andDisplay towers only. Glass shelvesare frosted.
Application Notes
Worksurface Splice Plate Kits areintended for use with Side AccessBookcase and Display towers only.Splice Plate Kits permit theattachment of standard 24� deep(Nominal) worksurfaces. Each kitcontains a connector bracket andtrim panel. Trim panels should bespecified to match the tower paintfinish.
Note: All Shelves are useradjustable.
Series 2 Storage
113
Acc
esso
ries
Storage Tower AccessoriesShelves and Worksurface Splice Plate Kits
description type w d h pattern no. list P1 P2 P3
Glass Shelf for Side Access Bookcase andDisplay Tower
Qty 2 shelves DT3GBCDS $505.
Metal Shelf for Side Access Bookcase andDisplay Towers
Qty 2 Shelves DT3MBCDS 265. 288. 305.
Worksurface Splice Plate Kit for Display and SideAccess Bookcase Towers
DT3WSP 177. 193. 207.
Order Code
Example: DT3HDS15
DT3 Series 2 TowersHDS Half Depth Shelf15 15� Wide
Specification Information
Half Depth Shelves:
15� wide half depth shelves aresuitable for use with 15� wide singledoor towers or a 30� wide towerswith a 15� wide wardrobe.
24� wide half depth shelves aresuitable for use with 24� wide singledoor or 24� wide double door towers.
30� wide half depth shelves aresuitable for use with 30� widedouble door towers.
Side Access Bookcase andDisplay Shelves:
Side Access Bookcase and DisplayShelves are available in glass orsteel construction. Shelves are foruse with Side Access bookcase andDisplay towers only. Glass shelvesare frosted.
Application Notes
Worksurface Splice Plate Kits areintended for use with Side AccessBookcase and Display towers only.Splice Plate Kits permit theattachment of standard 24� deep(Nominal) worksurfaces. Each kitcontains a connector bracket andtrim panel. Trim panels should bespecified to match the tower paintfinish.
Note: All Shelves are useradjustable.
Series 2 Storage
114
Storage Tower AccessoriesSide Access Add-on Modules
description w d h pattern no. P1 P2 P3
Tower Add-on module 15� 231/2� 15� DT3A1515 $989. $1,137. $1,195.24� 231/2� 15� DT3A1524 1,069. 1,229. 1,292.
Order Code
Example: DT3A1515-117
DT3 Series 2 Steel FrontA Add-on Module15 Nominal Height15 Nominal Depth117 Soft Grey paint finish
Specification Information
Tower Side Access Add-on modulesare constructed from steel with apowder coat paint finish. They arenot intended for use with veneerfront towers or other Knollstorage tower products.
The depth and width of a SideAccess Add-on module must matchthat of the parent tower.Side AccessAdd-on modules enable side accessstorage for standard front access,single, double and wardobe doortower configurations. Side AccessAdd-on modules are compatiblewith side access display andbookcase towers.
Application Notes
Tower Side Access Add-on modulesare intended for use with 15� and24� wide Steel, Morrison andCalibre front towers only.
Side Access Add-on modules arefield installed and are non-handed.
The overall actual height of anAdd-on module is 15�, thereforeadding 15� to the overall height ofthe parent S2 tower.
The overall actual interior clearanceof an Add-on module is 135/8�
Note: depth corresponds with thewidth of the parent tower, which iseither 15� or 24� wide.
Add-on modules cannot bedouble stacked.
Series 2 Storage
115
Acc
esso
ries
Storage Tower AccessoriesDrawer Dividers
description type w d h pattern no. list
Pedestal Drawer Divider Kit (Not for use in3�high drawers)
5� DT3PDD $475.
File Drawer Divider Kit (Used within all lateralfile drawers except 3� high modules)
5� DT3FDD 593.
File Drawer Divider Kit (Used within 3� highlateral file or personal drawers)
2.5� DT3SDD 593.
Pencil Tray black DS2PPTN 47.clear DS2PPTC 54.
Order Code
Example: DT3PDD-MEY
DT3 Series 2 SteelPDD Pedestal Drawer Divider
KitMEY Memo Yellow paint
finish
Specification Information
Pencil Tray is available in black orclear finish. All other pedestal andstorage tower accessories aresupported with a black paintedfinish standard.
Application Notes
The Pedestal Drawer Divider Kit(DT3PDD) is comprised of a seriesof magnetic fences that attach to thebottom of a pedestal drawer body tosupport the division andmanagement of space withinpedestal box or file drawers. Eachkit consist of (4) 3� wide, (3) 6�wide, (2) 9� wide and (2) 12� widedividers. Dividers are constructedfrom steel and are available in blackpainted finish standard
The Pedestal Drawer ReferenceTablet (DT3RT) provides a platformfor supporting frequently accessedphone lists or important information.Each (DT3RT) is supported with aremoveable clear plexi cover toprotect your printed information.Reference tablets are available inblack finish standard.
Series 2 Storage
116
Storage Tower AccessoriesDrawer Dividers
description type w d h pattern no. list
Pedstal Drawer Reference Tablet with Plexi GlassCover
DT3RT $135.
Drawer Divider for Box Drawer DS1PBD 41.
Drawer Divider for File Drawer DS1PFD 41.
Stationary Insert for box drawers (4 trays) DS1PST 214.
File Support Channel DS1PFS 41.
Order Code
Example: DT3PDD-MEY
DT3 Series 2 SteelPDD Pedestal Drawer Divider
KitMEY Memo Yellow paint
finish
Specification Information
Pencil Tray is available in black orclear finish. All other pedestal andstorage tower accessories aresupported with a black paintedfinish standard.
Application Notes
The Pedestal Drawer Divider Kit(DT3PDD) is comprised of a seriesof magnetic fences that attach to thebottom of a pedestal drawer body tosupport the division andmanagement of space withinpedestal box or file drawers. Eachkit consist of (4) 3� wide, (3) 6�wide, (2) 9� wide and (2) 12� widedividers. Dividers are constructedfrom steel and are available in blackpainted finish standard
The Pedestal Drawer ReferenceTablet (DT3RT) provides a platformfor supporting frequently accessedphone lists or important information.Each (DT3RT) is supported with aremoveable clear plexi cover toprotect your printed information.Reference tablets are available inblack finish standard.
Series 2 Storage
117
Acc
esso
ries
Storage Tower AccessoriesCoat Hooks and Rods
description type w d h pattern no. list
Coat bar kit for 9� wide wardrobes DT3CB9 $154.
Coat Bar Kit for 15� wide single door or 15� widewardrobe
DT3CB15 159.
Coat Bar for 30� wide double door tower DT3CB30 185.
Coat Bar for 24� wide single and double doortowers
DT3CB24 173.
Drop Down Coat Hook for Use in tower withoutstandard wardrobe
DT3DCH 101.
Floor Cover for 9� Wide Wardrobe 9� Wide Wardrobe DT3FM9 75.
Floor Cover for 15� Wide Wardrobe 15� Wide Wardrobe DT3FM15 89.
Specification Information
All towers with a 9� or 15� wardrobeare shipped with one coat hookinstalled at the factory. Coat rods areavailable as an accessory item andbe placed within a 9� or 15�wardobe or used within a 24� or 30�tower.
Application Notes
Drop Down coat hooks should beused when a wardobe is not present.Drop Down coat hooks permit thehanging of coats and jackets withinsingle door or double door towers.Floor Covers are designed for usewithin 9� and 15� wardobes only.
Note: Consider combining a DropDown coat hook with half depthshelves within a single door ordouble door tower to gain additionalfunctionality from the cupboard areaof the tower.
Series 2 Storage
118
Dividends HorizonUniversal Modesty Panel, steel10�h
description w d h pattern no. P1 P2 P3
10�h Universal modesty panelUnder worksurface mount
24� 1� 10� D1PS1024S $282. $317. $331.30� 1� 10� D1PS1030S 291. 329. 339.36� 1� 10� D1PS1036S 293. 331. 344.42� 1� 10� D1PS1042S 297. 336. 348.48� 1� 10� D1PS1048S 308. 347. 360.54� 1� 10� D1PS1054S 329. 369. 384.60� 1� 10� D1PS1060S 355. 401. 420.
Order Code
Example:
Specification Information
Pricing listed is for textured paint.
Add $35 to the list prices above forsmooth paint finish option.
Application Notes
Modesty panel attaches to undersideof any standard worksurface.
Modesty panels are actual width.
Cantilevers are color matched andeach include a knockout with coverto provide horizontal management ofcables.
Wire Management TroughEach screen includes a steel troughthat sits between the cantilevers tosupport and/or conceal excess wires.
Series 2 Storage
119
Uni
vers
alP
riva
cyS
cree
nan
dM
odes
tyP
anel
Dividends HorizonUniversal Modesty Panel, fabric10�h
description w d h pattern no. 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45
10�h Universal modesty panelUnder worksurface mount
24� 1� 10� D1PS1024F $486. $500. $520. $530. $547. $554. $562. $576.30� 1� 10� D1PS1030F 497. 511. 536. 544. 556. 565. 573. 589.36� 1� 10� D1PS1036F 512. 523. 551. 558. 572. 582. 594. 606.42� 1� 10� D1PS1042F 522. 541. 562. 572. 589. 599. 607. 622.48� 1� 10� D1PS1048F 541. 554. 578. 589. 604. 613. 625. 639.54� 1� 10� D1PS1054F 543. 556. 581. 593. 606. 615. 627. 643.60� 1� 10� D1PS1060F 596. 609. 639. 649. 668. 676. 688. 705.
Order Code
Example:
Specification Information Application Notes
Modesty panel attaches to undersideof any standard worksurface.
Modesty panels are actual width.
Cantilevers are color matched andeach include a knockout with coverto provide horizontal management ofcables.
Wire Management TroughEach screen includes a steel troughthat sits between the cantilevers tosupport and/or conceal excess wires.
Series 2 Storage
120
Dividends HorizonUniversal Privacy Screen, fabric and fabric w/7� slatwall42�h horizon with 10� modesty
description w d h pattern no. 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45
Universal privacy screen, fabric42�h horizon with 10� modesty
24� 1� 241/2� D1PS4224F $567. $583. $610. $622. $639. $649. $659. $676.30� 1� 241/2� D1PS4230F 588. 604. 632. 644. 659. 672. 683. 699.36� 1� 241/2� D1PS4236F 622. 640. 670. 682. 699. 711. 724. 739.42� 1� 241/2� D1PS4242F 630. 648. 680. 691. 709. 723. 733. 753.48� 1� 241/2� D1PS4248F 646. 667. 695. 709. 728. 738. 751. 770.54� 1� 241/2� D1PS4254F 664. 681. 712. 727. 743. 758. 769. 787.60� 1� 241/2� D1PS4260F 681. 699. 733. 744. 766. 780. 792. 812.
Universal privacy screen, fabric w/7� slatwall42�h horizon with 10� modesty
24� 1� 241/2� D1PS4224W1 688. 709. 739. 756. 774. 787. 801. 822.30� 1� 241/2� D1PS4230W1 756. 778. 814. 827. 850. 864. 880. 902.36� 1� 241/2� D1PS4236W1 803. 826. 865. 882. 905. 921. 935. 961.42� 1� 241/2� D1PS4242W1 862. 888. 931. 947. 972. 989. 1,006. 1,033.48� 1� 241/2� D1PS4248W1 893. 921. 965. 981. 994. 1,024. 1,041. 1,067.54� 1� 241/2� D1PS4254W1 995. 1,024. 1,072. 1,094. 1,122. 1,140. 1,161. 1,189.60� 1� 241/2� D1PS4260W1 1,033. 1,062. 1,112. 1,133. 1,162. 1,182. 1,202. 1,231.
Order Code
Example:
Specification Information
Pricing listed is for textured paint.
Add $35 to the list prices above forsmooth paint finish option.
Slatwall color matches screen backcolor.
Application Notes
Privacy screen attaches tounderside of any standardworksurface.
Privacy screens are actual width.
Cantilevers are color matched andeach include a knockout with coverto provide horizontal management ofcables.
42� horizon screen providesapproximately 131/4� of privacyabove worksurface height and 10� ofmodesty coverage belowworksurface height.
Wire Management TroughEach screen includes a steel troughthat sits between the cantilevers tosupport and/or conceal excess wires.
Series 2 Storage
121
Uni
vers
alP
riva
cyS
cree
nan
dM
odes
tyP
anel
Dividends HorizonUniversal Privacy Screen, steel42�h horizon with 10� modesty
description w d h pattern no. P1 P2 P3
Universal privacy screen, steel42�h horizon with 10� modesty
24� 1� 241/2� D1PS4224S $609. $698. $729.30� 1� 241/2� D1PS4230S 623. 712. 742.36� 1� 241/2� D1PS4236S 645. 737. 769.42� 1� 241/2� D1PS4242S 653. 748. 780.48� 1� 241/2� D1PS4248S 697. 798. 832.54� 1� 241/2� D1PS4254S 731. 835. 872.60� 1� 241/2� D1PS4260S 795. 909. 947.
Order Code
Example:
Specification Information
Pricing listed is for textured paint.
Add $35 to the list prices above forsmooth paint finish option.
Steel insert color matches screenback color.
Application Notes
Privacy screen attaches tounderside of any standardworksurface.
Privacy screens are actual width.
Cantilevers are color matched andeach include a knockout with coverto provide horizontal management ofcables.
42� horizon screen providesapproximately 131/4� of privacyabove worksurface height and 10� ofmodesty coverage belowworksurface height.
Wire Management TroughEach screen includes a steel troughthat sits between the cantilevers tosupport and/or conceal excess wires.
Series 2 Storage
122
Dividends HorizonUniversal Privacy Screen, steel42�h horizon with 17� modesty
description w d h pattern no. P1 P2 P3
Universal privacy screen, steel42�h horizon with 17� modesty
24� 1� 317/8� D1PS42T24S $630. $723. $753.30� 1� 317/8� D1PS42T30S 649. 742. 775.36� 1� 317/8� D1PS42T36S 683. 782. 814.42� 1� 317/8� D1PS42T42S 701. 803. 839.48� 1� 317/8� D1PS42T48S 728. 832. 865.54� 1� 317/8� D1PS42T54S 760. 872. 907.60� 1� 317/8� D1PS42T60S 827. 948. 989.
Order Code
Example:
Specification Information
Pricing listed is for textured paint.
Add $35 to the list prices above forsmooth paint finish option.
Steel insert color matches screenback color.
Application Notes
Privacy screen attaches tounderside of any standardworksurface.
Privacy screens are actual width.
Cantilevers are color matched andeach include a knockout with coverto provide horizontal management ofcables.
42� horizon screen providesapproximately 131/4� of privacyabove worksurface height and 17� ofmodesty coverage belowworksurface height.
Wire Management TroughEach screen includes a steel troughthat sits between the cantilevers tosupport and/or conceal excess wires.
Series 2 Storage
123
Uni
vers
alP
riva
cyS
cree
nan
dM
odes
tyP
anel
Dividends HorizonUniversal Privacy Screen, steel50�h horizon with 10� modesty
description w d h pattern no. P1 P2 P3
Universal privacy screen, steel50�h horizon with 10� modesty
24� 1� 317/8� D1PS5024S $630. $723. $753.30� 1� 317/8� D1PS5030S 649. 742. 775.36� 1� 317/8� D1PS5036S 683. 782. 814.42� 1� 317/8� D1PS5042S 701. 803. 839.48� 1� 317/8� D1PS5048S 728. 832. 865.54� 1� 317/8� D1PS5054S 760. 872. 907.60� 1� 317/8� D1PS5060S 827. 948. 989.
Order Code
Example:
Specification Information
Pricing listed is for textured paint.
Add $35 to the list prices above forsmooth paint finish option.
Steel insert color matches screenback color.
Application Notes
Privacy screen attaches tounderside of any standardworksurface.
Privacy screens are actual width.
Cantilevers are color matched andeach include a knockout with coverto provide horizontal management ofcables.
50� horizon screen providesapproximately 171/2� of privacyabove worksurface height and 10� ofmodesty coverage belowworksurface height.
Wire Management TroughEach screen includes a steel troughthat sits between the cantilevers tosupport and/or conceal excess wires.
Series 2 Storage
124
Dividends HorizonUniversal Privacy Screen, fabric42�h horizon with 17� modesty
description w d h pattern no. 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45
Universal privacy screen, fabric42�h horizon with 17� modesty
24� 1� 317/8� D1PS42T24F $597. $610. $642. $652. $670. $681. $692. $709.30� 1� 317/8� D1PS42T30F 612. 630. 659. 672. 690. 700. 712. 731.36� 1� 317/8� D1PS42T36F 664. 681. 712. 727. 743. 758. 769. 787.42� 1� 317/8� D1PS42T42F 675. 694. 729. 739. 760. 772. 785. 805.48� 1� 317/8� D1PS42T48F 694. 717. 749. 761. 782. 795. 810. 828.54� 1� 317/8� D1PS42T54F 714. 734. 769. 783. 803. 817. 829. 853.60� 1� 317/8� D1PS42T60F 735. 758. 792. 809. 827. 842. 856. 879.
Order Code
Example:
Speciication Information
Pricing listed is for textured paint.
Add $35 to the list prices above forsmooth paint finish option.
Application Notes
Privacy screen attaches tounderside of any standardworksurface.
Privacy screens are actual width.
Cantilevers are color matched andeach include a knockout with coverto provide horizontal management ofcables.
42� horizon screen providesapproximately 131/4� of privacyabove worksurface height and 17� ofmodesty coverage belowworksurface height.
Wire Management TroughEach screen includes a steel troughthat sits between the cantilevers tosupport and/or conceal excess wires.
Series 2 Storage
125
Uni
vers
alP
riva
cyS
cree
nan
dM
odes
tyP
anel
Dividends HorizonUniversal Privacy Screen, fabric and fabric w/7� or 14� slatwall50�h horizon with 10� modesty
description w d h pattern no. 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45
Universal privacy screen, fabric50�h horizon with 10� modesty
24� 1� 317/8� D1PS5024F $597. $610. $642. $652. $670. $681. $692. $709.30� 1� 317/8� D1PS5030F 612. 630. 659. 672. 690. 700. 712. 731.36� 1� 317/8� D1PS5036F 664. 681. 712. 727. 743. 758. 769. 787.42� 1� 317/8� D1PS5042F 675. 694. 729. 739. 760. 772. 785. 805.48� 1� 317/8� D1PS5048F 694. 717. 749. 761. 782. 795. 810. 828.54� 1� 317/8� D1PS5054F 714. 734. 769. 783. 803. 817. 829. 853.60� 1� 317/8� D1PS5060F 735. 758. 792. 809. 827. 842. 856. 879.
Universal privacy screen, fabric w/7� slatwall50�h horizon with 10� modesty
24� 1� 317/8� D1PS5024W1 717. 735. 770. 784. 804. 818. 833. 854.30� 1� 317/8� D1PS5030W1 784. 809. 846. 859. 883. 898. 913. 937.36� 1� 317/8� D1PS5036W1 843. 867. 908. 926. 948. 967. 984. 1,008.42� 1� 317/8� D1PS5042W1 908. 935. 979. 996. 1,022. 1,041. 1,059. 1,084.48� 1� 317/8� D1PS5048W1 943. 971. 1,015. 1,036. 1,062. 1,080. 1,099. 1,125.54� 1� 317/8� D1PS5054W1 1,049. 1,078. 1,132. 1,152. 1,182. 1,202. 1,224. 1,252.60� 1� 317/8� D1PS5060W1 1,090. 1,120. 1,171. 1,192. 1,226. 1,247. 1,269. 1,299.
Universal privacy screen, fabric w/14� slatwall50�h horizon with 10� modesty
24� 1� 317/8� D1PS5024W2 847. 870. 910. 928. 951. 969. 986. 1,010.30� 1� 317/8� D1PS5030W2 964. 991. 1,038. 1,057. 1,083. 1,103. 1,121. 1,150.36� 1� 317/8� D1PS5036W2 1,029. 1,058. 1,108. 1,126. 1,159. 1,178. 1,196. 1,228.42� 1� 317/8� D1PS5042W2 1,139. 1,175. 1,229. 1,250. 1,283. 1,308. 1,328. 1,362.48� 1� 317/8� D1PS5048W2 1,188. 1,224. 1,281. 1,306. 1,340. 1,362. 1,388. 1,422.54� 1� 317/8� D1PS5054W2 1,379. 1,422. 1,490. 1,516. 1,558. 1,584. 1,611. 1,653.60� 1� 317/8� D1PS5060W2 1,435. 1,479. 1,546. 1,575. 1,617. 1,647. 1,673. 1,716.
Order Code
Example:
Specification Information
Pricing listed is for textured paint.
Add $35 to the list prices above forsmooth paint finish option.
Slatwall color matches screen backcolor.
Application Notes
Privacy screen attaches tounderside of any standardworksurface.
Privacy screens are actual width.
Cantilevers are color matched andeach include a knockout with coverto provide horizontal management ofcables.
50� horizon screen providesapproximately 171/2� of privacyabove worksurface height and 10� ofmodesty coverage belowworksurface height.
Wire Management TroughEach screen includes a steel troughthat sits between the cantilevers tosupport and/or conceal excess wires.
Series 2 Storage
126
TemplateUniversal Modesty Panel, steel10�h
description w d h pattern no. P1 P2 P3
10�h Universal modesty panelUnder worksurface mount
24� 1� 10� B1PS1024S $282. $317. $331.30� 1� 10� B1PS1030S 291. 329. 339.36� 1� 10� B1PS1036S 293. 331. 344.42� 1� 10� B1PS1042S 297. 336. 348.48� 1� 10� B1PS1048S 308. 347. 360.54� 1� 10� B1PS1054S 329. 369. 384.60� 1� 10� B1PS1060S 355. 401. 420.
Order Code
Example:
Specification Information
Pricing listed is for textured paint.
Add $35 to the list prices above forsmooth paint finish option.
Application Notes
Modesty panel attaches to undersideof any standard worksurface.
Modesty panels are actual width.
Cantilevers are color matched andeach include a knockout with coverto provide horizontal management ofcables.
Wire Management TroughEach screen includes a steel troughthat sits between the cantilevers tosupport and/or conceal excess wires.
Series 2 Storage
127
Uni
vers
alP
riva
cyS
cree
nan
dM
odes
tyP
anel
TemplateUniversal Modesty Panel, fabric10�h
description w d h pattern no. 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45
10�h Universal modesty panelUnder worksurface mount
24� 1� 10� B1PS1024F $486. $500. $520. $530. $547. $554. $562. $576.30� 1� 10� B1PS1030F 497. 511. 536. 544. 556. 565. 573. 589.36� 1� 10� B1PS1036F 512. 523. 551. 558. 572. 582. 594. 606.42� 1� 10� B1PS1042F 522. 541. 562. 572. 589. 599. 607. 622.48� 1� 10� B1PS1048F 541. 554. 578. 589. 604. 613. 625. 639.54� 1� 10� B1PS1054F 543. 556. 581. 593. 606. 615. 627. 643.60� 1� 10� B1PS1060F 596. 609. 639. 649. 668. 676. 688. 705.
Order Code
Example:
Specification Information
Modesty panel attaches to undersideof any standard worksurface.
Modesty panels are actual width.
Cantilevers are color matched andeach include a knockout with coverto provide horizontal management ofcables.
Application Notes
Wire Management TroughEach screen includes a steel troughthat sits between the cantilevers tosupport and/or conceal excess wires.
Series 2 Storage
128
TemplateUniversal Privacy Screen, steel42�h horizon with 10� modesty
description w d h pattern no. P1 P2 P3
Universal privacy screen, steel42�h horizon with 10� modesty
24� 1� 241/2� B1PS4224S $609. $698. $729.30� 1� 241/2� B1PS4230S 623. 712. 742.36� 1� 241/2� B1PS4236S 645. 737. 769.42� 1� 241/2� B1PS4242S 653. 748. 780.48� 1� 241/2� B1PS4248S 697. 798. 832.54� 1� 241/2� B1PS4254S 731. 835. 872.60� 1� 241/2� B1PS4260S 795. 909. 947.
Order Code
Example:
Specification Information
Pricing listed is for textured paint.
Add $35 to the list prices above forsmooth paint finish option.
Steel insert color matches screenback color.
Application Notes
Privacy screen attaches tounderside of any standardworksurface.
Privacy screens are actual width.
Cantilevers are color matched andeach include a knockout with coverto provide horizontal management ofcables.
42� horizon screen providesapproximately 131/4� of privacyabove worksurface height and 10� ofmodesty coverage belowworksurface height.
Wire Management TroughEach screen includes a steel troughthat sits between the cantilevers tosupport and/or conceal excess wires.
Series 2 Storage
129
Uni
vers
alP
riva
cyS
cree
nan
dM
odes
tyP
anel
TemplateUniversal Privacy Screen, steel42�h horizon with 17� modesty
description w d h pattern no. P1 P2 P3
Universal privacy screen, steel42�h horizon with 17� modesty
24� 1� 317/8� B1PS42T24S $630. $723. $753.30� 1� 317/8� B1PS42T30S 649. 742. 775.36� 1� 317/8� B1PS42T36S 683. 782. 814.42� 1� 317/8� B1PS42T42S 701. 803. 839.48� 1� 317/8� B1PS42T48S 728. 832. 865.54� 1� 317/8� B1PS42T54S 760. 872. 907.60� 1� 317/8� B1PS42T60S 827. 948. 989.
Order Code
Example:
Specification Information
Pricing listed is for textured paint.
Add $35 to the list prices above forsmooth paint finish option.
Steel insert color matches screenback color.
Application Notes
Privacy screen attaches tounderside of any standardworksurface.
Privacy screens are actual width.
Cantilevers are color matched andeach include a knockout with coverto provide horizontal management ofcables.
42� horizon screen providesapproximately 131/4� of privacyabove worksurface height and 17� ofmodesty coverage belowworksurface height.
Wire Management TroughEach screen includes a steel troughthat sits between the cantilevers tosupport and/or conceal excess wires.
Series 2 Storage
130
TemplateUniversal Privacy Screen, steel50�h horizon with 10� modesty
description w d h pattern no. P1 P2 P3
Universal privacy screen, steel50�h horizon with 10� modesty
24� 1� 317/8� B1PS5024S $630. $723. $753.30� 1� 317/8� B1PS5030S 649. 742. 775.36� 1� 317/8� B1PS5036S 683. 782. 814.42� 1� 317/8� B1PS5042S 701. 803. 839.48� 1� 317/8� B1PS5048S 728. 832. 865.54� 1� 317/8� B1PS5054S 760. 872. 907.60� 1� 317/8� B1PS5060S 827. 948. 989.
Order Code
Example:
Specification Information
Pricing listed is for textured paint.
Add $35 to the list prices above forsmooth paint finish option.
Steel insert color matches screenback color.
Application Notes
Privacy screen attaches tounderside of any standardworksurface.
Privacy screens are actual width.
Cantilevers are color matched andeach include a knockout with coverto provide horizontal management ofcables.
50� horizon screen providesapproximately 171/2� of privacyabove worksurface height and 10� ofmodesty coverage belowworksurface height.
Wire Management TroughEach screen includes a steel troughthat sits between the cantilevers tosupport and/or conceal excess wires.
Series 2 Storage
131
Uni
vers
alP
riva
cyS
cree
nan
dM
odes
tyP
anel
TemplateUniversal Privacy Screen, fabric42�h horizon with 17� modesty
description w d h pattern no. 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45
Universal privacy screen, fabric42�h horizon with 17� modesty
24� 1� 317/8� B1PS42T24F $597. $610. $642. $652. $670. $681. $692. $709.30� 1� 317/8� B1PS42T30F 612. 630. 659. 672. 690. 700. 712. 731.36� 1� 317/8� B1PS42T36F 664. 681. 712. 727. 743. 758. 769. 787.42� 1� 317/8� B1PS42T42F 675. 694. 729. 739. 760. 772. 785. 805.48� 1� 317/8� B1PS42T48F 694. 717. 749. 761. 782. 795. 810. 828.54� 1� 317/8� B1PS42T54F 714. 734. 769. 783. 803. 817. 829. 853.60� 1� 317/8� B1PS42T60F 735. 758. 792. 809. 827. 842. 856. 879.
Order Code
Example:
Specification Information
Pricing listed is for textured paint.
Add $35 to the list prices above forsmooth paint finish option.
Application Notes
Privacy screen attaches tounderside of any standardworksurface.
Privacy screens are actual width.
Cantilevers are color matched andeach include a knockout with coverto provide horizontal management ofcables.
42� horizon screen providesapproximately 131/4� of privacyabove worksurface height and 17� ofmodesty coverage belowworksurface height.
Wire Management TroughEach screen includes a steel troughthat sits between the cantilevers tosupport and/or conceal excess wires.
Series 2 Storage
132
TemplateUniversal Privacy Screen, fabric and fabric w/7� or 14� slatwall42�h horizon with 10� modesty
description w d h pattern no. 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45
Universal privacy screen, fabric42�h horizon with 10� modesty
24� 1� 241/2� B1PS4224F $567. $583. $610. $622. $639. $649. $659. $676.30� 1� 241/2� B1PS4230F 588. 604. 632. 644. 659. 672. 683. 699.36� 1� 241/2� B1PS4236F 622. 640. 670. 682. 699. 711. 724. 739.42� 1� 241/2� B1PS4242F 630. 648. 680. 691. 709. 723. 733. 753.48� 1� 241/2� B1PS4248F 646. 667. 695. 709. 728. 738. 751. 770.54� 1� 241/2� B1PS4254F 664. 681. 712. 727. 743. 758. 769. 787.60� 1� 241/2� B1PS4260F 681. 699. 733. 744. 766. 780. 792. 812.
Universal privacy screen, fabric w/7� slatwall42�h horizon with 10� modesty
24� 1� 241/2� B1PS4224W1 688. 709. 739. 756. 774. 787. 801. 822.30� 1� 241/2� B1PS4230W1 756. 778. 814. 827. 850. 864. 880. 902.36� 1� 241/2� B1PS4236W1 803. 826. 865. 882. 905. 921. 935. 961.42� 1� 241/2� B1PS4242W1 862. 888. 931. 947. 972. 989. 1,006. 1,033.48� 1� 241/2� B1PS4248W1 893. 921. 965. 981. 994. 1,024. 1,041. 1,067.54� 1� 241/2� B1PS4254W1 995. 1,024. 1,072. 1,094. 1,122. 1,140. 1,161. 1,189.60� 1� 241/2� B1PS4260W1 1,033. 1,062. 1,112. 1,133. 1,162. 1,182. 1,202. 1,231.
Order Code
Example:
Specification Information
Pricing listed is for textured paint.
Add $35 to the list prices above forsmooth paint finish option.
Slatwall color matches screen backcolor.
Application Notes
Privacy screen attaches tounderside of any standardworksurface.
Privacy screens are actual width.
Cantilevers are color matched andeach include a knockout with coverto provide horizontal management ofcables.
42� horizon screen providesapproximately 131/4� of privacyabove worksurface height and 10� ofmodesty coverage belowworksurface height.
Wire Management TroughEach screen includes a steel troughthat sits between the cantilevers tosupport and/or conceal excess wires.
Series 2 Storage
133
Uni
vers
alP
riva
cyS
cree
nan
dM
odes
tyP
anel
TemplateUniversal Privacy Screen, fabric and fabric w/7� or 14� slatwall50�h horizon with 10� modesty
description w d h pattern no. 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45
Universal privacy screen, fabric50�h horizon with 10� modesty
24� 1� 317/8� B1PS5024F $597. $610. $642. $652. $670. $681. $692. $709.30� 1� 317/8� B1PS5030F 612. 630. 659. 672. 690. 700. 712. 731.36� 1� 317/8� B1PS5036F 664. 681. 712. 727. 743. 758. 769. 787.42� 1� 317/8� B1PS5042F 675. 694. 729. 739. 760. 772. 785. 805.48� 1� 317/8� B1PS5048F 694. 717. 749. 761. 782. 795. 810. 828.54� 1� 317/8� B1PS5054F 714. 734. 769. 783. 803. 817. 829. 853.60� 1� 317/8� B1PS5060F 735. 758. 792. 809. 827. 842. 856. 879.
Universal privacy screen, fabric w/7� slatwall50�h horizon with 10� modesty
24� 1� 317/8� B1PS5024W1 717. 735. 770. 784. 804. 818. 833. 854.30� 1� 317/8� B1PS5030W1 784. 809. 846. 859. 883. 898. 913. 937.36� 1� 317/8� B1PS5036W1 843. 867. 908. 926. 948. 967. 984. 1,008.42� 1� 317/8� B1PS5042W1 908. 935. 979. 996. 1,022. 1,041. 1,059. 1,084.48� 1� 317/8� B1PS5048W1 943. 971. 1,015. 1,036. 1,062. 1,080. 1,099. 1,125.54� 1� 317/8� B1PS5054W1 1,049. 1,078. 1,132. 1,152. 1,182. 1,202. 1,224. 1,252.60� 1� 317/8� B1PS5060W1 1,090. 1,120. 1,171. 1,192. 1,226. 1,247. 1,269. 1,299.
Universal privacy screen, fabric w/14� slatwall50�h horizon with 10� modesty
24� 1� 317/8� B1PS5024W2 847. 870. 910. 928. 951. 969. 986. 1,010.30� 1� 317/8� B1PS5030W2 964. 991. 1,038. 1,057. 1,083. 1,103. 1,121. 1,150.36� 1� 317/8� B1PS5036W2 1,029. 1,058. 1,108. 1,126. 1,159. 1,178. 1,196. 1,228.42� 1� 317/8� B1PS5042W2 1,139. 1,175. 1,229. 1,250. 1,283. 1,308. 1,328. 1,362.48� 1� 317/8� B1PS5048W2 1,188. 1,224. 1,281. 1,306. 1,340. 1,362. 1,388. 1,422.54� 1� 317/8� B1PS5054W2 1,379. 1,422. 1,490. 1,516. 1,558. 1,584. 1,611. 1,653.60� 1� 317/8� B1PS5060W2 1,435. 1,479. 1,546. 1,575. 1,617. 1,647. 1,673. 1,716.
Order Code
Example:
Specification Information
Pricing listed is for textured paint.
Add $35 to the list prices above forsmooth paint finish option.
Slatwall color matches screen backcolor.
Application Notes
Privacy screen attaches tounderside of any standardworksurface.
Privacy screens are actual width.
Cantilevers are color matched andeach include a knockout with coverto provide horizontal management ofcables.
50� horizon screen providesapproximately 171/2� of privacyabove worksurface height and 10� ofmodesty coverage belowworksurface height.
Wire Management TroughEach screen includes a steel troughthat sits between the cantilevers tosupport and/or conceal excess wires.
Series 2 Storage
134
Wall Mounting Suggestions The following information is provided only as a guide, and represents minimum recommendations only. Knoll does not accept responsibility for the attachment of any Knoll product to a Customer’s site wall. Wall specification/construction is the responsibility of the Customer and its structural engineer/architect. Failure to properly attach Knoll products to adequate wall structures can lead to property damage and/or personal injury.
You should consult your own structural engineers and/or architects and must not rely on the information provided herein.
It is the responsibility of the Customer and its structural engineers/architects to verify that the permanent structural walls (studs, blocks, solid masonry, etc.) on which the Knoll products are intended to be mounted are designed appropriately to support the product weight, PLUS 3 lbs. per linear inch for each useable shelf length
NOTE: A cabinet’s top is considered a “useable shelf” and MUST be included in the calculation of the total load for an overhead cabinet.
It is the responsibility of the Customer and its structural engineer/architects to specify the fasteners and method for attaching the Knoll supplied wall mounting cleat, bracket, frame, etc. to the supporting wall and to confirm that the installers have adhered to these specifications. For all local building standards and codes, and additional requirements (including, but not limited to, seismic conditions) the Customer should always consult local code agencies.
Wall Mounting of Knoll Products Series 2 Storage
135
NEW CONSTRUCTION
Cinder Block or Poured Concrete Masonry Wall
Wood Stud Wall, the studs being FULL HEIGHT to the roof/floor above
Wood Stud Wall, the studs being only Ceiling Height
Steel Stud Wall, the studs being FULL HEIGHT to the roof/floor above
Steel Stud Wall, the studs being only Ceiling Height
Stud Specification
Wood studs, grade #2 or better, 3 1/2" minimum width, OR Metal studs, minimum 25 gage thickness, 3 5/8" minimum width
The wall must be a minimum of 6" thick, and must be full height to the roof/floor structure above
Wood studs must be Grade #2, or better, 3 1/2" minimum width
Wood studs must be Grade #2, or better, 3 1/2" minimum width
Metal studs must be minimum 25 gage thickness, 3 5/8" minimum width
Metal studs must be minimum 25 gage thickness, 3 5/8" minimum width
Stud Centers
Metal and wood studs must be spaced at 16" c/c maximum
N/A Wood studs must be spaced at 16" c/c maximum
Wood studs must be spaced at 16"" c/c maximum"
Metal studs must be spaced at 16" c/c maximum
Metal studs must be spaced at 16" c/c maximum
Stud Height
Metal and wood studs must extend upwards, and be securely attached to the roof/floor structure above
Wood studs must be braced above the ceiling, and be securely attached to the roof/floor structure above
Affix #2 grade 'cap' across the top of the studs, then place diagonal studs from the top cap up to underside of the roof/floor structure above
Metal studs must be braced above the ceiling, and be securely attached to the roof/floor structure above
Affix metal bracing 'cap' across the top of the studs, then place diagonal studs from the top cap up to underside of the roof / floor structure above
Mounting the Knoll Supplied Cleat, Bracket, Frame, etc*
Insert a 2" X 6" wood block, #2 grade or better, [or a DanbackTM flexible wood backing system] horizontally between each of the studs to accommodate the full width of the cabinet, and beyond to the next stud.
Fasten the wood block to each stud using three screws at the ends of each block. (Fasten the Danback™ as directed by the manufacturer)
Fasten the Knoll supplied wall mounting cleat, bracket, frame, etc directly to each wood block every 6"
For wall mounting structures that have a rectangular frame-like configuration: fasten the top horizontal element of the frame to the wood blocking every 6", and fasten the lower horizontal element to each wall stud, using one fastener per stud.
Fasten the Knoll supplied cabinet wall mounting cleat, bracket, frame, etc. directly to the masonry wall every 6"
For wall mounting structures that have a rectangular frame-like configuration: fasten the top horizontal element of the frame to the wall every 6", and fasten the lower horizontal element to the wall every 16"
In the desired location of the cabinet mounting rail, remove an 8" high section of drywall the width of the cabinet, and beyond to the next stud.
Insert a 2" X 6" wood block, #2 grade or better, horizontally between each of the exposed studs.
Fasten the wood block to each stud using three screws at the ends of each block.
Replace the drywall and repair as desired.
Fasten the Knoll supplied wall mounting cleat, rail, frame, etc directly to the wood block every 6"
For wall mounting structures that have a rectangular frame-like configuration: fasten the top horizontal element of the frame to the wood blocking every 6", and fasten the lower horizontal element to each wall stud, using one fastener per stud.
In the desired location of the cabinet mounting rail, remove an 8" high section of drywall the width of the cabinet, and beyond to the next stud.
Insert a 2" X 6" wood block, #2 grade or better, horizontally between each of the exposed studs.
Fasten the wood block to each stud using three screws at the ends of each block.
Replace the drywall and repair as desired.
Fasten the Knoll supplied wall mounting cleat, rail, frame, etc directly to the wood block every 6"
For wall mounting structures that have a rectangular frame-like configuration: fasten the top horizontal element of the frame to the wood blocking every 6", and fasten the lower horizontal element to each wall stud, using one fastener per stud.
In the desired location of the cabinet mounting rail, remove an 8" high section of drywall the width of the cabinet, and beyond to the next stud.
Insert a 2" X 6" wood block, #2 grade or better, [or a Danback™ flexible wood backing system] horizontally between each of the exposed studs.
Fasten the wood block to each stud using three screws at the ends of each block.
Replace the drywall and repair as desired.
Fasten the Knoll supplied wall mounting cleat, rail, frame, etc directly to the wood block every 6"
For wall mounting structures that have a rectangular frame-like configuration: fasten the top horizontal element of the frame to the wood blocking every 6", and fasten the lower horizontal element to each wall stud, using one fastener per stud.
In the desired location of the cabinet mounting rail, remove an 8" high section of drywall the width of the cabinet, and beyond to the next stud.
Insert a 2" X 6" wood block, #2 grade or better, [or a Danback™ flexible wood backing system] horizontally between each of the exposed studs.
Fasten the wood block to each stud using three screws at the ends of each block.
Replace the drywall and repair as desired.
Fasten the Knoll supplied wall mounting cleat, rail, frame, etc directly to the wood block every 6"
For wall mounting structures that have a rectangular frame-like configuration: fasten the top horizontal element of the frame to the wood blocking every 6", and fasten the lower horizontal element to each wall stud, using one fastener per stud.
*Graham Wall Hung Shelf
The Graham Wall Hung Shelf Bracket (and others like it) requires full support behind the full height of the bracket
This should be accomplished by insertion of additional 2"X 6" wood blocking between the studs as defined above
Fasten the Knoll supplied wall mounting brackets directly to the masonry wall, using the holes provided in each bracket
The Graham Wall Hung Shelf Bracket (and others like it) requires full support behind the full height of the bracket
This should be accomplished by insertion of additional 2"X 6" wood blocking between the studs as defined above
The Graham Wall Hung Shelf Bracket (and others like it) requires full support behind the full height of the bracket
This should be accomplished by insertion of additional 2"X 6" wood blocking between the studs as defined above
The Graham Wall Hung Shelf Bracket (and others like it) requires full support behind the full height of the bracket
This should be accomplished by insertion of additional 2"X 6" wood blocking between the studs as defined above
The Graham Wall Hung Shelf Bracket (and others like it) requires full support behind the full height of the bracket
This should be accomplished by insertion of additional 2"X 6" wood blocking between the studs as defined above
Fasten the Knoll supplied wall cleat with...
#10 x 2 1/2" Grabber Woodys Screws or equiv. @ 6" c/c, screwed directly into the wood blocking
3/16" x 3 1/2" Tapcon Masonry Screws or equiv. @ 6" c/c with
1-1/4" embedment, screwed directly into the masonry wall
#10 x 2 1/2" Grabber Woodys Screws or equiv. @ 6" c/c, screwed directly into the wood blocking
#10 x 2 1/2" Grabber Woodys Screws or equiv. @ 6" c/c, screwed directly into the wood blocking
#10 x 2 1/2" Grabber Woodys Screws or equiv. @ 6" c/c, screwed directly into the wood blocking
#10 x 2 1/2" Grabber Woodys Screws or equiv. @ 6" c/c, screwed directly into the wood blocking
EXISTING CONSTRUCTION
Wall Mounting of Knoll Products Series 2 Storage
136
pattern no. page
B1PS1024F 128
B1PS1024S 127
B1PS1030F 128
B1PS1030S 127
B1PS1036F 128
B1PS1036S 127
B1PS1042F 128
B1PS1042S 127
B1PS1048F 128
B1PS1048S 127
B1PS1054F 128
B1PS1054S 127
B1PS1060F 128
B1PS1060S 127
B1PS4224F 133
B1PS4224S 129
B1PS4224W1 133
B1PS4230F 133
B1PS4230S 129
B1PS4230W1 133
B1PS4236F 133
B1PS4236S 129
B1PS4236W1 133
B1PS4242F 133
B1PS4242S 129
B1PS4242W1 133
B1PS4248F 133
B1PS4248S 129
B1PS4248W1 133
B1PS4254F 133
B1PS4254S 129
B1PS4254W1 133
B1PS4260F 133
B1PS4260S 129
B1PS4260W1 133
B1PS42T24F 132
B1PS42T24S 130
B1PS42T30F 132
B1PS42T30S 130
B1PS42T36F 132
B1PS42T36S 130
B1PS42T42F 132
B1PS42T42S 130
B1PS42T48F 132
B1PS42T48S 130
B1PS42T54F 132
B1PS42T54S 130
B1PS42T60F 132
B1PS42T60S 130
B1PS5024F 134
B1PS5024S 131
B1PS5024W1 134
B1PS5024W2 134
B1PS5030F 134
B1PS5030S 131
B1PS5030W1 134
B1PS5030W2 134
B1PS5036F 134
B1PS5036S 131
B1PS5036W1 134
B1PS5036W2 134
pattern no. page
B1PS5042F 134
B1PS5042S 131
B1PS5042W1 134
B1PS5042W2 134
B1PS5048F 134
B1PS5048S 131
B1PS5048W1 134
B1PS5048W2 134
B1PS5054F 134
B1PS5054S 131
B1PS5054W1 134
B1PS5054W2 134
B1PS5060F 134
B1PS5060S 131
B1PS5060W1 134
B1PS5060W2 134
BS2ACW3015 86
BS2ACW3020 86
BS2ACW3025 86
BS2ACW3030 86
BS2ACW3035 86
BS2ACW3040 86
BS2ACW3615 86
BS2ACW3620 86
BS2ACW3625 86
BS2ACW3630 86
BS2ACW3635 86
BS2ACW3640 86
BS2AGB01 87
BS2AGB10 87
BS2ALX04 87
BS2ALX100 87
BS2ALX20 87
BS2ASF1804 110
BS2ASF1810 110
BS2ASF2404 110
BS2ASF2410 110
BS2ASF3004 110
BS2ASF3010 110
BS2ASF3604 110
BS2ASF3610 110
BS2C2218O 81
BS2C2224O 81
BS2C2230BLL 83
BS2C2230BLS 83
BS2C2230O 81
BS2C2236BLL 83
BS2C2236BLS 83
BS2C2236O 81
BS2C2236O18O18 82
BS2C2242O24O18 82
BS2C2248B30O18LL 85
BS2C2248B30O18LS 85
BS2C2248O24O24 82
BS2C2248O30O18 82
BS2C2254B30O24LL 85
BS2C2254B30O24LS 85
BS2C2254B36O18LL 85
BS2C2254B36O18LS 85
BS2C2254O30O24 82
BS2C2254O36O18 82
pattern no. page
BS2C2260B30B30LL 84
BS2C2260B30B30LS 84
BS2C2260B30O30LL 85
BS2C2260B30O30LS 85
BS2C2260B36O24LL 85
BS2C2260B36O24LS 85
BS2C2260O30O30 82
BS2C2260O36O24 82
BS2C2266B30O36LL 85
BS2C2266B30O36LS 85
BS2C2266B36B30LL 84
BS2C2266B36B30LS 84
BS2C2266B36O30LL 85
BS2C2266B36O30LS 85
BS2C2266O36O30 82
BS2C2272B36B36LL 84
BS2C2272B36B36LS 84
BS2C2272B36O36LL 85
BS2C2272B36O36LS 85
BS2C2272O36O36 82
BS2DW18O 80
BS2DW24O 80
BS2DW30L(L/V) 68
BS2DW30LS 80
BS2DW30O 80
BS2DW36L(L/V) 68
BS2DW36LS 80
BS2DW36O 80
BS2PFL18A(L/V) 66
BS2PFL18A(S/L/V) 78
BS2PFL18B(L/V) 66
BS2PFL18B(S/L/V) 78
BS2PFL24A(L/V) 66
BS2PFL24A(S/L/V) 78
BS2PFL24B(L/V) 66
BS2PFL24B(S/L/V) 78
BS2PFL30A(L/V) 66
BS2PFL30A(S/L/V) 78
BS2PFL30B(L/V) 66
BS2PFL30B(S/L/V) 78
BS2PML18A(L/V) 67
BS2PML18AS 79
BS2PML18B(L/V) 67
BS2PML18BS 79
BS2PML18F(L/V) 67
BS2PML18FS 79
BS2PML24A(L/V) 67
BS2PML24AS 79
BS2PML24B(L/V) 67
BS2PML24BS 79
BS2PML24F(L/V) 67
BS2PML24FS 79
BT3BDLH6415BBFLS 94
BT3BDLH6415FFLS 94
BT3BDRH6415BBFLS 94
BT3BDRH6415FFLS 94
BT3SBLH4215BBFLS 88
BT3SBLH4215FFLS 88
BT3SBLH5015BBFLS 90
BT3SBLH5015FFLS 90
BT3SBLH5715BBFLS 92
pattern no. page
BT3SBLH5715FFLS 92
BT3SBLH6415BBFLS 95
BT3SBLH6415FFLS 95
BT3SBRH4215BBFLS 88
BT3SBRH4215FFLS 88
BT3SBRH5015BBFLS 90
BT3SBRH5015FFLS 90
BT3SBRH5715BBFLS 92
BT3SBRH5715FFLS 92
BT3SBRH6415BBFLS 95
BT3SBRH6415FFLS 95
BT3SLH5015BBFL(L/V) 69
BT3SLH5015BBFLS 89
BT3SLH5015FFL(L/V) 69
BT3SLH5015FFLS 89
BT3SLH5715BBFL(L/V) 70
BT3SLH5715BBFLS 91
BT3SLH5715FFL(L/V) 70
BT3SLH5715FFLS 91
BT3SLH6415BBFL(L/V) 71
BT3SLH6415BBFLS 93
BT3SLH6415FFL(L/V) 71
BT3SLH6415FFLS 93
BT3SRH5015BBFL(L/V) 69
BT3SRH5015BBFLS 89
BT3SRH5015FFL(L/V) 69
BT3SRH5015FFLS 89
BT3SRH5715BBFL(L/V) 70
BT3SRH5715BBFLS 91
BT3SRH5715FFL(L/V) 70
BT3SRH5715FFLS 91
BT3SRH6415BBFL(L/V) 71
BT3SRH6415BBFLS 93
BT3SRH6415FFL(L/V) 71
BT3SRH6415FFLS 93
BT3WBDLH6424BBFLS 101
BT3WBDLH6424FFLS 101
BT3WBDRH6424BBFLS 101
BT3WBDRH6424FFLS 101
BT3WSBLH4224BBFLS 96
BT3WSBLH4224FFLS 96
BT3WSBLH5024BBFLS 97
BT3WSBLH5024FFLS 97
BT3WSBLH5724BBFLS 99
BT3WSBLH5724FFLS 99
BT3WSBLH6424BBFLS 102
BT3WSBLH6424FFLS 102
BT3WSBRH4224BBFLS 96
BT3WSBRH4224FFLS 96
BT3WSBRH5024BBFLS 97
BT3WSBRH5024FFLS 97
BT3WSBRH5724BBFLS 99
BT3WSBRH5724FFLS 99
BT3WSBRH6424BBFLS 102
BT3WSBRH6424FFLS 102
BT3WSLH5024BBFL(L/V) 72
BT3WSLH5024BBFLS 98
BT3WSLH5024FFL(L/V) 72
BT3WSLH5024FFLS 98
BT3WSLH5030BBFL(L/V) 75
BT3WSLH5030BBFLS 104
Alpha-Numeric Index
137
pattern no. page
BT3WSLH5030FFL(L/V) 75
BT3WSLH5030FFLS 104
BT3WSLH5724BBFL(L/V) 73
BT3WSLH5724BBFLS 100
BT3WSLH5724FFL(L/V) 73
BT3WSLH5724FFLS 100
BT3WSLH5730BBFL(L/V) 76
BT3WSLH5730BBFLS 105
BT3WSLH5730FFL(L/V) 76
BT3WSLH5730FFLS 105
BT3WSLH6424BBFL(L/V) 74
BT3WSLH6424BBFLS 103
BT3WSLH6424FFL(L/V) 74
BT3WSLH6424FFLS 103
BT3WSLH6430BBFL(L/V) 77
BT3WSLH6430BBFLS 106
BT3WSLH6430FFL(L/V) 77
BT3WSLH6430FFLS 106
BT3WSRH5024BBFL(L/V) 72
BT3WSRH5024BBFLS 98
BT3WSRH5024FFL(L/V) 72
BT3WSRH5024FFLS 98
BT3WSRH5030BBFL(L/V) 75
BT3WSRH5030BBFLS 104
BT3WSRH5030FFL(L/V) 75
BT3WSRH5030FFLS 104
BT3WSRH5724BBFL(L/V) 73
BT3WSRH5724BBFLS 100
BT3WSRH5724FFL(L/V) 73
BT3WSRH5724FFLS 100
BT3WSRH5730BBFL(L/V) 76
BT3WSRH5730BBFLS 105
BT3WSRH5730FFL(L/V) 76
BT3WSRH5730FFLS 105
BT3WSRH6424BBFL(L/V) 74
BT3WSRH6424BBFLS 103
BT3WSRH6424FFL(L/V) 74
BT3WSRH6424FFLS 103
BT3WSRH6430BBFL(L/V) 77
BT3WSRH6430BBFLS 106
BT3WSRH6430FFL(L/V) 77
BT3WSRH6430FFLS 106
D1PS1024F 120
D1PS1024S 119
D1PS1030F 120
D1PS1030S 119
D1PS1036F 120
D1PS1036S 119
D1PS1042F 120
D1PS1042S 119
D1PS1048F 120
D1PS1048S 119
D1PS1054F 120
D1PS1054S 119
D1PS1060F 120
D1PS1060S 119
D1PS4224F 121
D1PS4224S 122
D1PS4224W1 121
D1PS4230F 121
D1PS4230S 122
D1PS4230W1 121
D1PS4236F 121
D1PS4236S 122
D1PS4236W1 121
pattern no. page
D1PS4242F 121
D1PS4242S 122
D1PS4242W1 121
D1PS4248F 121
D1PS4248S 122
D1PS4248W1 121
D1PS4254F 121
D1PS4254S 122
D1PS4254W1 121
D1PS4260F 121
D1PS4260S 122
D1PS4260W1 121
D1PS42T24F 125
D1PS42T24S 123
D1PS42T30F 125
D1PS42T30S 123
D1PS42T36F 125
D1PS42T36S 123
D1PS42T42F 125
D1PS42T42S 123
D1PS42T48F 125
D1PS42T48S 123
D1PS42T54F 125
D1PS42T54S 123
D1PS42T60F 125
D1PS42T60S 123
D1PS5024F 126
D1PS5024S 124
D1PS5024W1 126
D1PS5024W2 126
D1PS5030F 126
D1PS5030S 124
D1PS5030W1 126
D1PS5030W2 126
D1PS5036F 126
D1PS5036S 124
D1PS5036W1 126
D1PS5036W2 126
D1PS5042F 126
D1PS5042S 124
D1PS5042W1 126
D1PS5042W2 126
D1PS5048F 126
D1PS5048S 124
D1PS5048W1 126
D1PS5048W2 126
D1PS5054F 126
D1PS5054S 124
D1PS5054W1 126
D1PS5054W2 126
D1PS5060F 126
D1PS5060S 124
D1PS5060W1 126
D1PS5060W2 126
DB1U18 22
DL3T5E19 111
DL3T5E25 111
DL3T5E37 111
DL3T5E49 111
DL3TC 111
DS1OHL 112
DS1PBD 109, 117
DS1PFD 109, 117
DS1PFS 109, 117
DS1PST 109, 117
pattern no. page
DS1SWM30 112
DS1SWM36 112
DS1SWM42 112
DS1SWM48 112
DS1VD 112
DS1WM24 112
DS1WM30 112
DS1WM36 112
DS1WM42 112
DS1WM48 112
DS2DW30L 20
DS2DW36L 20
DS2LKKT 110
DS2OD36L 23
DS2OD42L 23
DS2OD48L 23
DS2OD54L 23
DS2OD60L 23
DS2OD66L 23
DS2OD72L 23
DS2PFL18A 18
DS2PFL18B 18
DS2PFL24A 18
DS2PFL24B 18
DS2PFL30A 18
DS2PFL30B 18
DS2PM24L 21
DS2PM30L 21
DS2PM36L 21
DS2PM42L 21
DS2PM48L 21
DS2PM54L 21
DS2PM60L 21
DS2PM66L 21
DS2PM72L 21
DS2PML18A 19
DS2PML18B 19
DS2PML18F 19
DS2PML24A 19
DS2PML24B 19
DS2PML24F 19
DS2PPTC 109, 116
DS2PPTN 109, 116
DS2UM30L 22
DS2UM36L 22
DS2UM42L 22
DS2UM48L 22
DS2UM54L 22
DS2UM60L 22
DS2UM66L 22
DS2UM72L 22
DS2XPB 15, 18, 66, 78
DS4DW30L 17
DS4DW36L 17
DS4PFL18A 15
DS4PFL18B 15
DS4PFL24A 15
DS4PFL24B 15
DS4PFL30A 15
DS4PFL30B 15
DS4PML18A 16
DS4PML18B 16
DS4PML18F 16
DS4PML24A 16
DS4PML24B 16
pattern no. page
DS4PML24F 16
DT3A1515 115
DT3A1524 115
DT3BDLH6415BBFL 50
DT3BDLH6415FFL 51
DT3BDRH6415BBFL 50
DT3BDRH6415FFL 51
DT3CB15 118
DT3CB24 118
DT3CB30 118
DT3CB9 118
DT3DCH 118
DT3FDD 116
DT3FDS15 113
DT3FDS24 113
DT3FDS30 113
DT3FM15 118
DT3FM9 118
DT3FWSLH5024BBFL 60
DT3FWSLH5024FFL 60
DT3FWSLH5724BBFL 61
DT3FWSLH5724FFL 61
DT3FWSLH6424BBFL 62
DT3FWSLH6424FFL 62
DT3FWSRH5024BBFL 60
DT3FWSRH5024FFL 60
DT3FWSRH5724BBFL 61
DT3FWSRH5724FFL 61
DT3FWSRH6424BBFL 62
DT3FWSRH6424FFL 62
DT3GBCDS 114
DT3HDS15 113
DT3HDS24 113
DT3HDS30 113
DT3MBCDS 114
DT3PDD 109, 116
DT3RT 109, 117
DT3SBLH4215BBFL 45
DT3SBLH4215FFL 45
DT3SBLH5015BBFL 46
DT3SBLH5015FFL 47
DT3SBLH5715BBFL 49
DT3SBLH5715FFL 48
DT3SBLH6415BBFL 50
DT3SBLH6415FFL 50
DT3SBRH4215BBFL 45
DT3SBRH4215FFL 45
DT3SBRH5015BBFL 46
DT3SBRH5015FFL 47
DT3SBRH5715BBFL 49
DT3SBRH5715FFL 48
DT3SBRH6415BBFL 50
DT3SBRH6415FFL 50
DT3SDD 116
DT3SLH5015BBFL 46
DT3SLH5015FFL 46
DT3SLH5715BBFL 48
DT3SLH5715FFL 48
DT3SLH6415BBFL 51
DT3SLH6415FFL 51
DT3SRH5015BBFL 46
DT3SRH5015FFL 46
DT3SRH5715BBFL 48
DT3SRH5715FFL 48
DT3SRH6415BBFL 51
Series 2 Storage
138
pattern no. page
DT3SRH6415FFL 51
DT3WBDLH6424BBFL 58
DT3WBDLH6424FFL 59
DT3WBDRH6424BBFL 58
DT3WBDRH6424FFL 59
DT3WSBLH4224BBFL 52
DT3WSBLH4224FFL 52
DT3WSBLH5024BBFL 53
DT3WSBLH5024FFL 54
DT3WSBLH5724BBFL 56
DT3WSBLH5724FFL 55
DT3WSBLH6424BBFL 58
DT3WSBLH6424FFL 58
DT3WSBRH4224BBFL 52
DT3WSBRH4224FFL 52
DT3WSBRH5024BBFL 53
DT3WSBRH5024FFL 54
DT3WSBRH5724BBFL 56
DT3WSBRH5724FFL 55
DT3WSBRH6424BBFL 58
DT3WSBRH6424FFL 58
DT3WSLH5024BBFL 53
DT3WSLH5024FFL 53
DT3WSLH5030BBFL 63
DT3WSLH5030FFL 63
DT3WSLH5724BBFL 55
DT3WSLH5724FFL 55
DT3WSLH5730BBFL 64
DT3WSLH5730FFL 64
DT3WSLH6424BBFL 57
DT3WSLH6424FFL 57
DT3WSLH6430BBFL 65
DT3WSLH6430FFL 65
DT3WSP 114
DT3WSRH5024BBFL 53
DT3WSRH5024FFL 53
DT3WSRH5030BBFL 63
DT3WSRH5030FFL 63
DT3WSRH5724BBFL 55
DT3WSRH5724FFL 55
DT3WSRH5730BBFL 64
DT3WSRH5730FFL 64
DT3WSRH6424BBFL 57
DT3WSRH6424FFL 57
DT3WSRH6430BBFL 65
DT3WSRH6430FFL 65
DT4BDLH6415BBFL 29
DT4BDLH6415FFL 30
DT4BDRH6415BBFL 29
DT4BDRH6415FFL 30
DT4FWSLH5024BBFL 39
DT4FWSLH5024FFL 39
DT4FWSLH5724BBFL 40
DT4FWSLH5724FFL 40
DT4FWSLH6424BBFL 41
DT4FWSLH6424FFL 41
DT4FWSRH5024BBFL 39
DT4FWSRH5024FFL 39
DT4FWSRH5724BBFL 40
DT4FWSRH5724FFL 40
DT4FWSRH6424BBFL 41
DT4FWSRH6424FFL 41
DT4SBLH4215BBFL 24
DT4SBLH4215FFL 24
DT4SBLH5015BBFL 25
pattern no. page
DT4SBLH5015FFL 26
DT4SBLH5715BBFL 28
DT4SBLH5715FFL 27
DT4SBLH6415BBFL 29
DT4SBLH6415FFL 29
DT4SBRH4215BBFL 24
DT4SBRH4215FFL 24
DT4SBRH5015BBFL 25
DT4SBRH5015FFL 26
DT4SBRH5715BBFL 28
DT4SBRH5715FFL 27
DT4SBRH6415BBFL 29
DT4SBRH6415FFL 29
DT4SLH5015BBFL 25
DT4SLH5015FFL 25
DT4SLH5715BBFL 27
DT4SLH5715FFL 27
DT4SLH6415BBFL 30
DT4SLH6415FFL 30
DT4SRH5015BBFL 25
DT4SRH5015FFL 25
DT4SRH5715BBFL 27
DT4SRH5715FFL 27
DT4SRH6415BBFL 30
DT4SRH6415FFL 30
DT4WBDLH6424BBFL 38
DT4WBDLH6424FFL 38
DT4WBDRH6424BBFL 38
DT4WBDRH6424FFL 38
DT4WSBLH4224BBFL 31
DT4WSBLH4224FFL 31
DT4WSBLH5024BBFL 33
DT4WSBLH5024FFL 32
DT4WSBLH5724BBFL 35
DT4WSBLH5724FFL 34
DT4WSBLH6424BBFL 37
DT4WSBLH6424FFL 37
DT4WSBRH4224BBFL 31
DT4WSBRH4224FFL 31
DT4WSBRH5024BBFL 33
DT4WSBRH5024FFL 32
DT4WSBRH5724BBFL 35
DT4WSBRH5724FFL 34
DT4WSBRH6424BBFL 37
DT4WSBRH6424FFL 37
DT4WSLH5024BBFL 32
DT4WSLH5024FFL 32
DT4WSLH5030BBFL 42
DT4WSLH5030FFL 42
DT4WSLH5724BBFL 34
DT4WSLH5724FFL 34
DT4WSLH5730BBFL 43
DT4WSLH5730FFL 43
DT4WSLH6424BBFL 36
DT4WSLH6424FFL 36
DT4WSLH6430BBFL 44
DT4WSLH6430FFL 44
DT4WSRH5024BBFL 32
DT4WSRH5024FFL 32
DT4WSRH5030BBFL 42
DT4WSRH5030FFL 42
DT4WSRH5724BBFL 34
DT4WSRH5724FFL 34
DT4WSRH5730BBFL 43
DT4WSRH5730FFL 43
pattern no. page
DT4WSRH6424BBFL 36
DT4WSRH6424FFL 36
DT4WSRH6430BBFL 44
DT4WSRH6430FFL 44
RS2BS24 108
RS2BS30 108
RS2BS36 108
RS2BS42 108
RS2BS48 108
RS2BS54 108
RS2BS60 108
RS2BS66 108
RS2BS72 108
RS2PM24L 107
RS2PM30L 107
RS2PM36L 107
RS2PM42L 107
RS2PM48L 107
RS2PM54L 107
RS2PM60L 107
RS2PM66L 107
RS2PM72L 107
Series 2 Storage
139
This Selling Policy supercedes all previous selling policies. Prices, discounts and product offerings are subject to change without notice.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Terms & Conditions
of SalesSales by Knoll, Inc. or Knoll North America Corp. (‘‘Seller’’) of Knoll Product Lines (hereinafter ‘‘Products’’) within the United States and Canada are made onlyon the terms which are contained in this Selling Policy. Seller hereby gives notice of its objection to any different or additional terms and conditions. This sale isexpressly conditional upon Purchaser’s assent to the terms and conditions set forth below. Additional terms and conditions may apply to KnollStudio andKnollTextiles orders. These terms and conditions may be modified or supplemented only by a written document signed by an authorized representative of Seller.These terms and conditions supercede any prior and/or contemporaneous agreements or correspondence between Purchaser and Seller. Written quotationsexpire thirty (30) days from the date of issuance and can be withdrawn by written notice anytime during that period. Where Purchaser and Seller have enteredinto the Knoll Electronic Terms and Conditions, all orders, acknowledgements, invoices and other business communications placed or transmitted inaccordance with the Knoll Electronic Terms and Conditions shall be deemed to be in writing and signed and shall be valid for all purposes as if they wereoriginated and maintained in documentary form.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ordering Information All orders must be in writing. The product pattern number(s) contained on Seller’s order acknowledgement shall be the final expression of the order.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Order Confirmation A purchase order is not binding on Seller until Purchaser has received Seller’s order confirmation or acknowledgment.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pricing Policies List prices are subject to change without notice.List prices shall be those prices in effect on the date of receipt of a complete purchase order unless shipment is requested more than ninety (90) days after orderentry in which case prices in effect on the date of shipment apply. List prices include specified freight costs. Unless specified in writing by Seller, no othercharges are included in Seller’s list prices.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Taxes All sales, use, excise and other taxes applicable to the sale of the Products shall be paid by Purchaser. If Purchaser claims an exemption from any tax,Purchaser shall submit to Seller the appropriate exemption certificates.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Terms of Payment Payment for one hundred percent (100%) of the net order amount is due within thirty (30) days of the date of invoice, which is generally issued upon shipment.In case of any discrepancies, such as shortages, and Seller is notified in writing within ten (10) days of receipt of Product, only that portion may be deductedand the balance paid. For orders greater than $100,000 net, a fifty percent (50%) deposit is due at the time of order placement, with the remainder due withinthirty (30) days of the date of invoice.KnollStudio orders less than $2,000 require payment for one hundred percent (100%) of the net order amount (including any applicable sales tax and chargesfor inside delivery, special packaging, etc.), due at time of order placement. For KnollStudio orders greater than $2,000, a one-half (50%) deposit is due at timeof order placement with the remainder (including any applicable sales tax and charges for inside delivery, special packaging, etc.) due prior to shipment.If, in the judgment of Seller, Purchaser’s financial condition does not justify the terms of the payment, Seller may require full or partial payment in advance.Past due accounts shall be charged one and one-half percent (1.5%) per month, or the highest rate permitted by law, whichever is less, and will be added to theoutstanding balance. In the event Purchaser defaults on payment, Purchaser shall be liable for all collection costs, including reasonable attorney’s fees andcosts.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Changes andCancellation
Purchase orders may not be changed or cancelled, in whole or in part, without prior written consent of Seller. Changes may effect delivery dates. Expensesincurred because of changes shall be charged to Purchaser. In the event of cancellations, Purchaser will be liable for reasonable cancellation chargesestablished by Seller. Orders for special Product, orders including ‘‘COM’’ (hereinafter defined) material and orders pursuant to expedited delivery programs,may not be canceled.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Freight Prepaid Freight is prepaid and included in the price of all Products, except KnollTextiles, within the 48 contiguous United States for orders placed with Knoll, Inc. andwithin Canada, excluding the Yukon, Northwest Territories, Nunavut and Newfoundland for orders placed with Knoll North America Corp. Packing is tested forrigorous motion and transportation but is not guaranteed to protect furniture from all conditions. If special packaging is required for any reason, please consultwith your sales representative or dealer. Seller shall select the method of shipment and routing. Freight for all KnollTextiles orders is prepaid and added to theinvoice.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Delivery/Freight Charges Shipments outside the contiguous 48 United States and Canada shall be shipped F.O.B. Origin.For shipments outside the contiguous United States and Canada, Purchaser is responsible for the cost of freight from point of embarkation, including anyhandling and transportation charges incidental to loading at the point of departure and unloading at the final destination.Conditions beyond the control of Seller, including weather, available facilities and traffic conditions, may affect exact time of delivery. Seller shall not beresponsible for specific carrier delivery date or time unless it has made a specific delivery commitment, in writing.Nonstandard methods of shipment and/or additional services are available upon request. Purchaser will be billed for the differential cost of any special servicesin excess of standard surface carrier freight costs. Premium charges, at Purchaser’s request, will be added for airfreight, exclusive use of vehicle and extra,export or special packaging. Accessorial charges will be added for inside delivery, extra labor, reconsignment and redelivery.Partial shipments may be made and invoiced by Seller.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Claims All shipments for Knoll Products within the contiguous United States and Canada are F.O.B. Origin. All risk of loss passes to Purchaser at time of delivery tocarrier. Purchaser shall inspect all Products upon receipt and notify Seller within ten (10) working days after receipt of any damage or defects which are, orshould be, apparent from an inspection of the Product and its packaging. Failure of Purchaser to notify Seller during the ten (10) working day period shallconstitute acceptance of the Products and waiver of any apparent defects, errors or shortages. For all claims relating to Product damaged in transit or for anyother claims relating to or arising out of the transportation of the Product, Purchaser must seek recovery from the carrier and Seller has no liability to Purchaserfor such claims. Seller may, upon request, assist Purchaser with filing of such claims with the carrier, but Seller will not be liable for any of these transportationrelated claims.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Seller’s Security Interest Until Seller receives the full payment for the Product, Seller shall have a security interest in the Product. Purchaser agrees to perform all acts, including but notlimited to the execution and filing of documentation, which may be necessary to perfect and assure the security interest of Seller.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Returns The return of Products without a written authorization by Seller shall not be accepted. To receive authorization for Product return, please call Customer Service.All Products that are returned pursuant to a valid authorization shall be subject to a twenty-five percent (25%) of list restocking charge. Products not currentlyoffered for sale by Seller (including COM) shall not be authorized for return. All returned Products must be unused, in original condition and in the originalSeller packing cartons. No refund or credit shall be given for damaged Products.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Held Orders/Storage If Purchaser requests that an order be held or delayed, prices and terms and conditions in effect at the time of shipment shall apply. If Purchaser requests adelay after the time when Seller can defer production, Purchaser will be invoiced for the Product, payable in accordance with standard terms, when the order isready for shipment. Seller may transfer the Product to storage, in which case all expenses incurred in connection with storage, including demurrage, preparationfor storage, storage charges and handling shall be payable by Purchaser upon submission of invoices by Seller. Risk of loss to the Product shall pass to thePurchaser upon delivery of the Product into storage.
Selling Policy
140June 15, 2019
Customer’s Own Material A Purchaser who requests a fabric or other surface material not standard to Seller’s line of Products (‘‘COM’’) must submit samples of the requested material toSeller prior to entry of a purchaser order. Seller shall determine if the material is suitable to its manufacturing processes and meets any requirements ofUnderwriters Laboratories. If the COM is acceptable, Seller will then establish a price for using the COM or the Product in question. For a description of theprocedures for submitting samples and testing, contact customer resources or your sales representative. Seller shall have no responsibility for the appearance,condition, performance, durability, colorfastness or any other physical attribute of the COM. Purchaser shall indemnify and hold Seller harmless for anydamages, injuries or losses arising out of or related to use of the COM on the Product.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Warranty Seller warrants to the original Purchaser only that the Products Seller manufactures and sells to Purchaser are free of defects in workmanship and materials,during the applicable warranty period set forth below.Warranty period set forth below is for 24-hour, 7 days a week, multi shift use (includes parts and labor to repair).Should any failure to conform with this limited warranty appear to a Product listed below during the applicable warranty period from the date of shipment, Sellershall, upon prompt written notice, repair or replace, at its option and costs, the affected part or parts.Product and Period of WarrantyLifetime: Antenna Workspaces, AutoStrada, Calibre, Crinion Open Table, Currents, Dividends Horizon, Morrison, Reff Profiles laminate, Rockwell Unscripted,Series 2 Storage, Template, Quoin and other non-wood components (except cascade edge worksurfaces, operational parts, controls, electrical, Lighting, Series 2Veneer Front Storage, digital locks, uphostery, textiles and leathers, special or custom products, see below)12 Years: Chadwick, Generation by Knoll, k. task, Life, Moment, MultiGeneration by Knoll, Ollo, ReGeneration by Knoll, Remix, and Toboggan seating (exceptseating upholstery, textiles, leathers and finishes, see below).10 Years: Anchor Storage except digital locks, Antenna Workspaces, AutoStrada, Crinion Open Table, Dividends Horizon, Dividends Horizon Satellite Surfaces,Reff Profiles, Rockwell Unscripted, Quoin wood components, Template wood components, Series 2 Veneer Front Storage, cascade edge worksurfaces, WoodCasegoods (The Graham Collection) (except wood casegoods upholstered surfaces, see below), Reuter overheads, Reuter vertical storage, KnollExtra SapperMonitor Arm Collection, Sapper XYZ Monitor Arm Series, Adjustable keyboard mechanisms and platforms, Communication Boards (except fabric boardtextiles, cork and FilzFelt, see below), Smokador collection (except leathers, see below), Orchestra Universal Systems Accessories, k. lounge structuralcomponents, KnollStudio Pixel and Propeller, Tone bases.5 Years: Operational parts, controls, electrical, Lighting (except light ballasts, bulbs and power supply, see below), special or custom product, wood veneerproducts and plywood, Currents handcrank, KnollStudio, Rockwell Unscripted wire bases, Spark Series seating structural elements, structural elements of allKnollStudio outdoor products including all Richard Schultz designed products, KnollExtra CPU holders and all universal storage drawers and Power Collection,k. bench (except changes in finish, see below) and k. stand bases (except changes in finish, see below).3 Years: Rockwell Unscripted upholstery (except textiles and leather), Office Seating upholstery, textiles, leathers and finishes. Fabric boards textiles andSmokador Collection leathers, KnollExtra Pop Up Screens.2 Years: Anchor Storage digital locks, Quoin digital locks, all other KnollExtra product1 Year: Light ballasts, bulbs and power supply, seating upholstered armpads and soft armpads, wood casegoods upholstered surfaces. KnollStudio, outdoorproduct finishes, k. lounge upholstery and k. lounge fabric. Rockwell Unscripted fabric and accessories.This warranty does not apply to:• Damage caused by a carrier other than the Seller.• Normal wear and tear or acts or omissions of parties other than Seller (including user modification, improper use or installation of Products).• COM or other third party materials applied to Products.• Products not installed by or under the auspices of a Knoll Dealer.• Dramatic temperature variations or exposure to unusual conditions.• Changes in surface finishes, including colorfastness due to aging or exposure to light.• Except as specifically noted above, textiles and upholstery supplied by KnollTextiles and Spinneybeck FilzFelt (consult current price lists for applicable
warranties).Natural variations occurring in wood, marble, and leather shall not be considered defects, and the Seller does not guarantee the colorfastness or matching of thecolors, grains or textures, or surface hardness of such materials. The Seller also does not guarantee the colorfastness of fiberglass panel surfaces.THE EXPRESS WARRANTIES CONTAINED HEREIN ARE IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING ANYWARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND ALL OTHER WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OFDEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.The remedies provided above are the Purchaser’s sole remedies for any failure of Seller to comply with its obligations regarding the workmanship of itsProducts. Correction of any nonconformity in the manner and for the period of time provided shall constitute complete fulfillment of all liabilities of Seller, withrespect to or arising out of the Product furnished hereunder.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Delay/Force Majeure Seller shall not be liable for failure to perform or for delay in performance due to fire, flood, strike or other labor difficulty, act of God, act of war or terrorism, actof any governmental authority or of the Purchaser, riot, embargo, fuel or energy shortage, wrecks or delay in transportation, inability to obtain necessary labor,materials or manufacturing facilities from usual sources or failure of suppliers to meet their contractual obligations, or due to any cause beyond its reasonablecontrol. If any such event occurs, Seller may extend delivery dates by a period of time necessary to overcome the effect of such delay, allocate available Productor cancel any purchase order.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Compliance with Law PURCHASER IS SOLELY RESPONSIBLE FOR COMPLIANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE FEDERAL, STATE AND LOCAL LAWS, ORDINANCES,REGULATIONS, RULES AND STANDARDS RELATING TO THE INSTALLATION, MAINTENANCE, USE AND OPERATION OF THE PRODUCTS.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Patents Subject to the following provisions, Seller shall, at its own expense, defend or, at its option, settle any claim, suit or proceeding brought against the Purchaser,and/or its vendees, mediate and immediate, so far as based on an allegation that any Product or any part thereof furnished hereunder constitutes a direct or acontributory infringement of any claim of any patent of the United States or Canada. This obligation shall be effective only if Purchaser shall have made allpayments then due hereunder and if Seller is notified promptly in writing and given authority, information and assistance for the defense of said claim, suit orproceeding. Seller shall pay all damages and costs awarded in such suit or proceedings so defended.The foregoing indemnity does not apply to the following:• Products supplied according to a design other than that of Seller, and which is required by the Purchaser.• Combination of the Product with another product not furnished hereunder unless Seller is a contributory infringer.• Any settlements of a suit or proceeding made without Seller’s written consent.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Limitations of Liability SELLER, ITS CONTRACTORS, AUTHORIZED DEALERS AND SUBCONTRACTORS OR SUPPLIERS OF ANY TIER SHALL NOT BELIABLE TO PURCHASER FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING FROM A BREACHOF THIS AGREEMENT.Purchaser’s remedies set forth herein are exclusive and the liability of Seller with respect to the breach of this agreement or any contract entered into betweenthe parties pursuant hereto shall not exceed the price of the Product or part on which such liability is based.
Selling Policy
141June 15, 2019
KnollKey Lock Program
KnollKeyLock ProgramGeneral InformationFollowing is the KnollKey lock policy, applicable to all products.
Knoll furniture can be ordered keyed-alike or random keyed. Key-alikeand random keying instructions cannot be mixed on any single order. Onlyone of the two instructions can be used on an individual order. When anorder is submitted with mixed (key-alike and random) instructions, Knollwill release the order as key-alike only and lock cores will have to bespecified separately.
Key-alikeFor the convenience of the user, furniture may be keyed alike at nocharge. Write ‘‘Key-alike’’ in the description of your purchase order forany pedestal, overhead, file or other item you wish to have keyed alike.
Using the key-alike instructions, order cores and keys as line items onyour purchase order. Do NOT submit a key-alike form. The Knoll EastGreenville Lock Center will select key numbers from the standard range ofK 001 - K 250. Key numbers will not be repeated unless over 250 sets areordered. Lock cores keyed-alike will ship separately from the product,ready for field installation.
There is no charge for key-alike orders if placed with the furniture order.
IF THE KEY-ALIKE ORDER IS NOT PLACED AT LEAST TWO WEEKSPRIOR TO THE FURNITURE SHIP DATE, A $50 HANDLING CHARGEAND AIR FREIGHT CHARGES WILL APPLY.
If product is ordered and shipped random-keyed, additional lock coresfor key-alike are billable.
Random-KeyingTo specify product keyed-random, write ‘‘key-random’’ in the productdescription. Random-keyed product is shipped with the lock core factoryinstalled. A shrouded key is included. Random means no effort has beenmade to match key numbers, or to make them different.
KeysA Knoll shrouded key is shipped with every lock core. 250 Key numbersare available. For numbers above 250, contact Custom ProductDevelopment. Additional keys and key blanks are available. See serviceparts for more information.
Master KeyingKnoll locks can be controlled by means of a master key. There is noadditional per-lock charge for master keying. A letter of approval from theclient must accompany orders for master keys.
Installing Lock CoresLock cores can be installed or removed in the field by using a change key.Cores must be in the unlocked position to be removed. See service partsfor change key pattern number and pricing.
Lock DistributionAll orders for key-alike lock cores/keys are packaged and shipped fromthe East Greenville Lock Center, regardless of where the pedestals,overhead, or other units are produced. Random keyed product will havecores factory-installed.
How to SpecifyKey-AlikeFollowing is an example of how to specify key-alike for a cluster of 10workstations.
Step 1 - Using the project floorplan, count the number of locks in eachworkstation.
Step 2 - Count the number of workstations with the same quantity oflocks. Group together the workstations with a like number of locks.
5 workstations with 2 locks per station3 workstations with 4 locks per station2 workstations with 5 locks per station
Step 3 - For the first group (5 sets of 2 locks), enter the number ofworkstations in the quantity column.
Qty Pattern # Description Unit List Ext. List
5
Step 4 - Then enter the pattern number ‘‘KSPEC_ _’’ and add a suffix for thenumber of locks for that group (i.e., for 2 locks per station, add the suffix‘‘2’’). Up to 30 lock cores are available in a set (i.e., KSPEC 30).
Qty Pattern # Description Unit List Ext. List
5 KSPEC 2 Set of 2 cores/keys N / C N / C
Step 5 - Repeat for other groups.
Qty Pattern # Description Unit List Ext. List
5 KSPEC 2 Set of 2 cores/keys N / C N / C
3 KSPEC 4 Set of 4 cores/keys N / C N / C
2 KSPEC 5 Set of 5 cores/keys N / C N / C
Your Key instructions are complete.
Knoll will select key numbers for each set from 250 available numbers.Additional key numbers are available through Custom Product Development.For additions to existing installations, specify desired key numbers inthe description.
Service PartsPattern # Description List Price
KKEY_ _ _ Shrouded KeySpecify key number desired
$10
KBLANK Shrouded Key Blank $10
KSPECB_ _ _ Retrofit Universal Core/KeySpecify key number desired
$22
KCHANGE Change Key $10
HLKRKMASTER* Master Key $10
*Note: A letter of approval on company letterhead from the client mustaccompany all orders for master keys.
142
General Ordering Information
The ProductsThis guide encompasses all standard products for this product group.
SizesDimensions listed in this guide are indicated as:H = heightW = widthD = depthDia. = diameterRad. = radius
PricingAll prices shown are list.
How to OrderSelect pattern numbers and quantities required for your complete installation. Product questions can beaddressed in the specific sections of this guide or by contacting your sales representative or customerresource representative at 1-800-343-5665.
Next, select options (if required), along with colors and finishes appropriate to each product. Reference theFinishes and Fabrics pages for color designations.
On large installations, an item’s ‘‘designated area’’ can be specified to assist in product organization andhandling.
To expedite complete / correct entry of your order, be certain all pattern numbers, quantities, colors andarea identifications are completely specified. Also, include complete purchase order numbers, bill-to andship-to addresses, a contact name and specific factory shipping dates required.
Mail all orders to:Knoll, Inc.1235 Water StreetP.O. Box 157East Greenville, PA 18041Attention: Order Entry
Once your order is entered at Knoll, an acknowledgment will be mailed to you. You will be advised of yourscheduled shipping date within five days of the original acknowledgment. If it is necessary to revise yourorder, please contact your customer resource representative.
Sustainability Statement
Sustainable design is a key component of Knoll’s environmental focus. Our commitment to socialresponsibility and a healthy environment has prompted us to further articulate our longstandingenvironmental programs and, with encouragement and support from our colleagues in the industry, we havere-energized our focus on such ‘‘green’’ initiatives as life cycle analysis and LEED™ certification. Knoll isproud to have contributed to projects that have received LEED certification from the U.S. Green BuildingCouncil.
For the latest information on Knoll products that help our customers achieve LEED certification, log on toknoll.com, click on ‘‘About Knoll’’ and then ‘‘Environmental Focus.’’
143
Top Related